Provided by: mplayer_1.0~rc3+svn20090426-1ubuntu16_i386 bug

NAME

       mplayer  - movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS

       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device]
       [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer
       [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION

       mplayer is a movie player for Linux (runs on many other  platforms  and
       CPU  architectures,  see  the  documentation).  It plays most MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg,  FILM  and  RoQ  files,  supported  by many native and binary
       codecs.  You can watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV  and  even
       H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer  supports  a  wide range of video and audio output drivers.  It
       works with X11,  Xv,  DGA,  OpenGL,  SVGAlib,  fbdev,  AAlib,  libcaca,
       DirectFB,  Quartz,  Mac  OS  X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL
       (and all their drivers), VESA  (on  every  VESA-compatible  card,  even
       without  X11),  some  low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx
       and ATI) and some hardware MPEG decoder boards,  such  as  the  Siemens
       DVB,  Hauppauge  PVR  (IVTV),  DXR2  and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them
       support software or hardware  scaling,  so  you  can  enjoy  movies  in
       fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer  has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2  (Hungarian,  English,  Czech,  etc), Cyrillic and
       Korean fonts are supported along with 12  subtitle  formats  (MicroDVD,
       SubRip,  OGM,  SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS
       and our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub  and  Closed
       Captions).

       mencoder  (MPlayer’s Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable
       formats  (see  below).   It  encodes  to MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the
       libavcodec codecs and  PCM/MP3/VBRMP3  audio  in  1,  2  or  3  passes.
       Furthermore  it  has stream copying abilities, a powerful filter system
       (crop,  expand,  flip,  postprocess,  rotate,  scale,  noise,   RGB/YUV
       conversion) and more.

       gmplayer  is  MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  It has the same
       options as MPlayer.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at  the  end  of
       this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL

       MPlayer  has  a  fully configurable, command-driven control layer which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
              <- and ->
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              pgup and pgdown
                   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
              [ and ]
                   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
              { and }
                   Halve/double current playback speed.
              backspace
                   Reset playback speed to normal.
              < and >
                   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
              ENTER
                   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
              HOME and END
                   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
              INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
                   next/previous alternative source.
              p / SPACE
                   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
              .
                   Step  forward.   Pressing  once  will  pause  movie,  every
                   consecutive press will play one  frame  and  then  go  into
                   pause mode again (any other key unpauses).
              q / ESC
                   Stop playing and quit.
              U
                   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
              + and -
                   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              / and *
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              9 and 0
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              ( and )
                   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
              m
                   Mute sound.
              _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available video tracks.
              # (DVD, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
              TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available programs.
              f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              T
                   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
              w and e
                   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
              o
                   Toggle  OSD  states:  none  /  seek / seek + timer / seek +
                   timer + total time.
              d
                   Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip  display  /  skip
                   decoding (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
              v
                   Toggle subtitle visibility.
              j
                   Cycle through the available subtitles.
              y and g
                   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
              F
                   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
              a
                   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
              x and z
                   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              r and t
                   Move subtitles up/down.
              i (-edlout mode only)
                   Set  start  or  end  of an EDL skip and write it out to the
                   given file.
              s (-vf screenshot only)
                   Take a screenshot.
              S (-vf screenshot only)
                   Start/stop taking screenshots.
              I
                   Show filename on the OSD.
              ! and @
                   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
              D (-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
                   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
              A    Cycle through the available DVD angles.

              (The following  keys  are  valid  only  when  using  a  hardware
              accelerated  video  output  (xv,  (x)vidix,  (x)mga,  etc),  the
              software equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

              1 and 2
                   Adjust contrast.
              3 and 4
                   Adjust brightness.
              5 and 6
                   Adjust hue.
              7 and 8
                   Adjust saturation.

              (The  following  keys  are  valid  only when using the quartz or
              macosx video output driver.)

              command + 0
                   Resize movie window to half its original size.
              command + 1
                   Resize movie window to its original size.
              command + 2
                   Resize movie window to double its original size.
              command + f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              command + [ and command + ]
                   Set movie window alpha.

              (The following keys are valid only  when  using  the  sdl  video
              output driver.)

              c
                   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
              n
                   Restore original mode.

              (The  following  keys  are  valid  if  you  have a keyboard with
              multimedia keys.)

              PAUSE
                   Pause.
              STOP
                   Stop playing and quit.
              PREVIOUS and NEXT
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

              (The following keys are only valid if GUI support is compiled in
              and will take precedence over the keys defined above.)

              ENTER
                   Start playing.
              ESC
                   Stop playing.
              l
                   Load file.
              t
                   Load subtitle.
              c
                   Open skin browser.
              p
                   Open playlist.
              r
                   Open preferences.

              (The  following  keys  are only valid if you compiled with TV or
              DVB input support and will take precedence over the keys defined
              above.)

              h and k
                   Select previous/next channel.
              n
                   Change norm.
              u
                   Change channel list.

              (The  following  keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav
              support: They are used to navigate the menus.)

              keypad 8
                   Select button up.
              keypad 2
                   Select button down.
              keypad 4
                   Select button left.
              keypad 6
                   Select button right.
              keypad 5
                   Return to main menu.
              keypad 7
                   Return  to  nearest  menu  (the  order  of  preference  is:
                   chapter->title->root).
              keypad ENTER
                   Confirm choice.

              (The  following  keys  are  only  valid  if  teletext support is
              enabled during compilation: They are  used  for  controlling  TV
              teletext.)

              X
                   Switch teletext on/off.
              Q and W
                   Go to next/prev teletext page.

              mouse control
                     button 3 and button 4
                          Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
                     button 5 and button 6
                          Decrease/increase volume.

              joystick control
                     left and right
                          Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
                     up and down
                          Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
                     button 1
                          Pause.
                     button 2
                          Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek
                          + timer + total time.
                     button 3 and button 4
                          Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE

       Every ’flag’ option has a ’noflag’ counterpart, e.g.  the  opposite  of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If  an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination
       with the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for  -ao  pcm  suboptions)
       supports  a  special  kind  of  string-escaping  intended  for use with
       external GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%‘expr length "$NAME"‘%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES

       You can put all of the options in configuration  files  which  will  be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run.  The system-wide configuration
       file ’mplayer.conf’ is in  your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/
       mplayer  or  /usr/local/etc/mplayer),  the  user  specific  one  is ’~/
       .mplayer/config’.    The   configuration   file   for    MEncoder    is
       ’mencoder.conf’  in  your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer or
       /usr/local/etc/mplayer),  the  user  specific   one   is   ’~/.mplayer/
       mencoder.conf’.  User specific options override system-wide options and
       options given on the command line override either.  The syntax  of  the
       configuration  files  is  ’option=<value>’,  everything  after a ’#’ is
       considered a comment.  Options that work without values can be  enabled
       by  setting them to ’yes’ or ’1’ or ’true’ and disabled by setting them
       to ’no’ or ’0’ or ’false’.  Even suboptions can be  specified  in  this
       way.

       You  can  also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to
       have a configuration file for a file called ’movie.avi’, create a  file
       named  ’movie.avi.conf’ with the file-specific options in it and put it
       in ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file  in  the  same
       directory  as  the  file  to  be  played,  as  long  as  you  give  the
       -use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your  global
       config file).

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

PROFILES

       To  ease  working with different configurations profiles can be defined
       in the configuration files.  A profile starts  with  its  name  between
       square  brackets,  e.g.  ’[my-profile]’.  All following options will be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by  -profile  help)  can  be
       defined  with  the  profile-desc  option.   To  end  the profile, start
       another one or use the profile name ’default’ to continue  with  normal
       options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
              Override  the  standard  search  path and use the specified file
              instead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file>
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default  ones.

       -list-options
              Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
              Convert   console   messages  to  the  specified  character  set
              (default: autodetect).  Text will be in the  encoding  specified
              with  the  --charset  configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to
              disable conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
              NOTE: The option takes effect after  command  line  parsing  has
              finished.  The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
              get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
              Enable colorful console output on terminals  that  support  ANSI
              color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
              Control  verbosity  directly  for each module.  The ’all’ module
              changes  the  verbosity  of  all  the  modules  not   explicitly
              specified  on the command line.  See ’-msglevel help’ for a list
              of all modules.
              NOTE: Some messages are  printed  before  the  command  line  is
              parsed  and are therefore not affected by -msglevel.  To control
              these messages you have to use the  MPLAYER_VERBOSE  environment
              variable, see its description below for details.
              Available levels:
                 -1   complete silence
                  0   fatal messages only
                  1   error messages
                  2   warning messages
                  3   short hints
                  4   informational messages
                  5   status messages (default)
                  6   verbose messages
                  7   debug level 2
                  8   debug level 3
                  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
              Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
              Do not parse selected configuration files.
              NOTE:  If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at
              the command line, they will be honoured.

              Available options are:
                 all
                      all configuration files
                 gui (GUI only)
                      GUI configuration file
                 system
                      system configuration file
                 user
                      user configuration file

       -quiet
              Make console output less verbose; in  particular,  prevents  the
              status  line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:  0.068 ...) from being
              displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones
              which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
              Set  process  priority  for  MPlayer according to the predefined
              priorities available under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of
              <prio>:
                 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
              Use  the  given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the
              defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
              Display even less output and status messages than  with  -quiet.
              Also suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
              Look   for  a  file-specific  configuration  file  in  the  same
              directory as the file that is being played.
              WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
              Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v  found  on  the
              command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
              Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the
              available spare CPU time.  The number you specify  will  be  the
              maximum  level  used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
              have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order  for  this  to
              work.

       -autosync <factor>
              Gradually   adjusts   the   A/V   sync   based  on  audio  delay
              measurements.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default,  will  cause
              frame  timing  to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.
              Specifying -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly  change
              the  A/V  correction  algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a
              movie which plays fine with -nosound  can  often  be  helped  by
              setting this to an integer value greater than 1.  The higher the
              value, the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync
              30  to  smooth  out  problems  with  sound  drivers which do not
              implement a perfect audio delay measurement.  With  this  value,
              if  large A/V sync offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or
              2 seconds to settle out.  This delay in reaction time to  sudden
              A/V  offsets  should  be  the  only  side-effect of turning this
              option on, for all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
              Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped  frames  at  the
              end  of playback.  Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null
              for benchmarking only the video codec.
              NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore  frame  duration
              when playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
              Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your  choice.   0x000000
              is  black  and 0xffffff is white.  Only supported by the cvidix,
              fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover,  xv  (see  -vo
              xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
              Disables  colorkeying.   Only  supported  by  the cvidix, fbdev,
              svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see  -vo  xv:ck),
              xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
              Switches  MPlayer  to  an experimental mode where timestamps for
              video frames are calculated differently and video filters  which
              add  new  frames  or  modify  timestamps  of  existing  ones are
              supported.  The more accurate  timestamps  can  be  visible  for
              example  when  playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the
              -ass option.  Without  -correct-pts  the  subtitle  timing  will
              typically  be  off  by  some  frames.  This option does not work
              correctly with some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
              Automatically attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support  must
              be compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses
              as a  double-click  (default:  300).   Set  to  0  to  let  your
              windowing  system  decide  what  a  double-click is (-vo directx
              only).
              NOTE: You will get slightly  different  behaviour  depending  on
              whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
              Creates  a  new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records
              to it.  During playback, the user hits ’i’ to mark the start  or
              end  of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from which
              the   user   can   fine-tune    EDL    entries    later.     See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
              Enqueue  files given on the command line in the playlist instead
              of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
              Enforces  a  fixed  video  system  for   multiple   files   (one
              (un)initialization  for  all  files).  Therefore only one window
              will be opened for all files.  Currently the  following  drivers
              are  fixed-vo  compliant:  gl,  gl2,  mga,  svga, x11, xmga, xv,
              xvidix and dfbmga.

       -framedrop   (also    see    -hardframedrop,    experimental    without
       -nocorrect-pts)
              Skip displaying  some  frames  to  maintain  A/V  sync  on  slow
              systems.   Video filters are not applied to such frames.  For B-
              frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
              Enable or disable the GUI interface (default depends  on  binary
              name).   Only  works  as the first argument on the command line.
              Does not work as a config-file option.

       -h, -help, --help
              Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads  to  image
              distortion!  Note that especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash
              with this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds  during  playback  via
              system() - i.e. using the shell.

              NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
              responsibility to ensure it does  not  cause  security  problems
              (e.g. make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on
              Windows).  It also only works when playing video (i.e. not  with
              -novideo but works with -vo null).

              This  can  be  "misused"  to  disable  screensavers  that do not
              support the proper X API (also see -stop-xscreensaver).  If  you
              think this is too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
              program to support the proper X APIs.

              EXAMPLE     for     xscreensaver:     mplayer     -heartbeat-cmd
              "xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

              EXAMPLE    for   GNOME   screensaver:   mplayer   -heartbeat-cmd
              "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -identify
              Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in  an
              easily  parseable format.  Also prints more detailed information
              about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.  In some cases
              you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
              example, for a DVD it will list the chapters and time length  of
              each  title,  as well as a disk ID.  Combine this with -frames 0
              to suppress all output.  The wrapper  script  TOOLS/midentify.sh
              suppresses the other MPlayer output and (hopefully) shellescapes
              the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
              Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting  when  there  is  no
              file  to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can be
              controlled through input commands.

       -input <commands>
              This option can be used to configure certain parts of the  input
              system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
              NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

              Available commands are:

                 conf=<filename>
                      Specify  input configuration file other than the default
                      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
                      if no full path is given.
                 ar-dev=<device>
                      Device  to  be  used  for  Apple  IR  Remote (default is
                      autodetected, Linux only).
                 ar-delay
                      Delay in milliseconds before we start  to  autorepeat  a
                      key (0 to disable).
                 ar-rate
                      Number   of  key  presses  to  generate  per  second  on
                      autorepeat.
                 (no)default-bindings
                      Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
                 keylist
                      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
                 cmdlist
                      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
                 js-dev
                      Specifies  the  joystick  device  to use (default: /dev/
                      input/js0).
                 file=<filename>
                      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a
                      FIFO.
                      NOTE:  When  the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both
                      ends so you can do several ’echo "seek  10"  >  mp_pipe’
                      and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
              Specify  the  size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default:
              7).  A FIFO of size n can buffer (n-1) events.   If  it  is  too
              small  some events may be lost (leading to "stuck mouse buttons"
              and similar effects).  If it is too big,  MPlayer  may  seem  to
              hang  while  it  processes the buffered events.  To get the same
              behavior as before this option was introduced, set it to  2  for
              Linux or 1024 for Windows.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
              Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
              Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
              Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
              Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
              Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -menu-chroot /home
                      Will  restrict  the  file  selection  menu  to /home and
                      downward (i.e. no access to  /  will  be  possible,  but
                      /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
              File  browser  starts  from  the  last known location instead of
              current directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
              Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
              Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
              Permit MPlayer to receive pointer events reported by  the  video
              output  driver.   Necessary  to select the buttons in DVD menus.
              Supported for X11 based VOs (x11, xv, xvmc, etc.)  and  the  gl,
              gl2, direct3d and macosx VOs.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
              Prevent  MPlayer  from  reading  key events from standard input.
              Useful  when  reading  data  from  standard  input.    This   is
              automatically  enabled  when  -  is  found  on the command line.
              There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g.  if
              you  open  /dev/stdin  (or  the  equivalent on your system), use
              stdin in a playlist or intend to read from stdin  later  on  via
              the loadfile or loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
              Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
              Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
              Disable  mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp’s context
              menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
              Turns on usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock -  /dev/rtc)  as
              timing  mechanism.   This  wakes  up  the  process  every 1/1024
              seconds to check the current time.  Useless  with  modern  Linux
              kernels  configured  for desktop use as they already wake up the
              process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -playing-msg <string>
              Print out a string  before  starting  playback.   The  following
              expansions are supported:

                 ${NAME}
                      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

                 ?(NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

                 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand  TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
              Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp,  SMIL,  or
              one-file-per-line format).
              NOTE:  This option is considered an entry so options found after
              it will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
              FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -rtc-device <device>
              Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
              Loads a skin from the directory given  as  parameter  below  the
              default  skin  directories,  /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/ and
              ~/.mplayer/skins/.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -skin fittyfene
                      Tries    /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene    and
                      afterwards ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
              Switches  on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend for
              other  programs.   Instead  of  intercepting  keyboard   events,
              MPlayer  will  read  commands  separated  by a newline (\n) from
              stdin.
              NOTE: See -input cmdlist  for  a  list  of  slave  commands  and
              DOCS/tech/slave.txt  for  their  description.  Also, this is not
              intended to disable other inputs, e.g. via the video window, use
              some other method like -input nodefault-binds:conf=/dev/null for
              that.

       -softsleep
              Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time  instead  of
              asking  the  kernel  to  wake  up  MPlayer  at the correct time.
              Useful if your kernel timing is imprecise and you cannot use the
              RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
              Skip  <sec>  seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of
              the movie is kept, so playback is  accelerated.   Since  MPlayer
              can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS

       -a52drc <level>
              Select  the  Dynamic  Range  Compression  level  for  AC-3 audio
              streams.  <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where  0
              means  no  compression  and  1 (which is the default) means full
              compression (make loud passages more  silent  and  vice  versa).
              This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the
              required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM:  0-127,
              VOB(AC-3):   128-159,   VOB(LPCM):  160-191,  MPEG-TS  17-8190).
              MPlayer prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose  (-v)
              mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use
              the first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio substream channel.  Currently the  valid  range  is
              0x55..0x75  and  applies  only  to  MPEG-TS  when handled by the
              native demuxer (not by libavformat).  The format type may not be
              correctly  identified  because  of how this information (or lack
              thereof) is embedded in the stream, but it will demux  correctly
              the audio streams when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer
              prints the available substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
              Specify a priority list of audio languages  to  use.   Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and  NUT  use
              ISO 639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
              identifier.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run  in
              verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
                      Chooses  the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
              Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a ’+’  before  the
              name  to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
              name  as  printed  by   -audio-demuxer   help.    For   backward
              compatibility  it  also  accepts  the  demuxer  ID as defined in
              libmpdemux/demuxer.h.  -audio-demuxer audio or -audio-demuxer 17
              forces MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
              Play  audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while
              viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
              Enables caching for the stream used  by  -audiofile,  using  the
              specified amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
              Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is
              closed.

       -bandwidth <value> (network only)
              Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers
              that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
              you want to watch live streamed media behind a slow  connection.
              With  Real  RTSP  streaming,  it is also used to set the maximum
              delivery bandwidth allowing  faster  cache  filling  and  stream
              dumping.

       -cache <kBytes>
              This  option  specifies  how much memory (in kBytes) to use when
              precaching a file or URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
              Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
              Playback will start  when  the  cache  has  been  filled  up  to
              <percentage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the
              cache size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for  the
              cache  to  be  filled  to this position rather than performing a
              stream seek (default: 50).

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
              This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature  of
              MPlayer.

              Available options are:

                 speed=<value>
                      Set CD spin speed.

                 paranoia=<0-2>
                      Set  paranoia  level.  Values other than 0 seem to break
                      playback of anything but the first track.
                         0: disable checking (default)
                         1: overlap checking only
                         2: full data correction and verification

                 generic-dev=<value>
                      Use specified generic SCSI device.

                 sector-size=<value>
                      Set atomic read size.

                 overlap=<value>
                      Force minimum  overlap  search  during  verification  to
                      <value> sectors.

                 toc-bias
                      Assume  that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported
                      in the TOC will be addressed as  LBA  0.   Some  Toshiba
                      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

                 toc-offset=<value>
                      Add   <value>   sectors  to  the  values  reported  when
                      addressing tracks.  May be negative.

                 (no)skip
                      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
              Request the number of playback channels (default:  2).   MPlayer
              asks  the  decoder  to decode the audio into as many channels as
              specified.  Then  it  is  up  to  the  decoder  to  fulfill  the
              requirement.  This is usually only important when playing videos
              with AC-3 audio (like DVDs).   In  that  case  liba52  does  the
              decoding  by  default and correctly downmixes the audio into the
              requested number of channels.  To directly control the number of
              output  channels independently of how many channels are decoded,
              use the channels filter.
              NOTE: This option is honored  by  codecs  (AC-3  only),  filters
              (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

              Available options are:

                 2    stereo
                 4    surround
                 6    full 5.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>] (dvd:// and dvdnav:// only)
              Specify  which  chapter to start playing at.  Optionally specify
              which chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
              Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
              Read HTTP cookies  from  <filename>  (default:  ~/.mozilla/  and
              ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file
              is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
              audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
              Negative values delay the audio, and positive values  delay  the
              video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of the -audio-delay
              MEncoder option.
              NOTE: When used with MEncoder, this is not  guaranteed  to  work
              correctly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
              Ignore the specified starting time for streams in AVI files.  In
              MPlayer, this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with  the
              -audio-delay  option.   During  encoding,  this  option prevents
              MEncoder from transferring original stream start  times  to  the
              new  file;  the  -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note that
              MEncoder sometimes adjusts stream starting  times  automatically
              to  compensate  for  anticipated  decoding delays, so do not use
              this option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
              Force demuxer type.  Use a ’+’ before the name to force it, this
              will  skip  some  checks!   Give  the demuxer name as printed by
              -demuxer help.  For backward compatibility it also  accepts  the
              demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
              Dumps  raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with
              MPEG/AC-3, in most other cases the resulting file  will  not  be
              playable).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
              Specify which file MPlayer  should  dump  to.   Should  be  used
              together with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
              Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
              DVD or network.  If  you  give  more  than  one  of  -dumpaudio,
              -dumpvideo,  -dumpstream  on  the command line only the last one
              will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
              Dump raw compressed video  stream  to  ./stream.dump  (not  very
              usable).   If  you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
              Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in  order
              to override the default ones:

                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
                 file=<filename>
                      Instructs   MPlayer  to  read  the  channels  list  from
                      <filename>.         Default        is        ~/.mplayer/
                      channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}  (based  on  your  card
                      type) or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
                 timeout=<1-30>
                      Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune  a
                      frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
              Specify  the  DVD  device  or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd).
              You can also specify a directory that contains files  previously
              copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
              Try  to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base speed
              is about 1350KB/s, so a 8x  drive  can  read  at  speeds  up  to
              10800KB/s.   Slower  speeds  make  the  drive  more  quiet,  for
              watching DVDs 2700KB/s should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer
              resets  the  speed  to the drive default value on close.  Values
              less than 100 mean multiples  of  1350KB/s,  i.e.  -dvd-speed  8
              selects 10800KB/s.
              NOTE:  You  need  write  access  to the DVD device to change the
              speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
              Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed  from  multiple
              angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
              1).

       -edl <filename>
              Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video
              will  be  skipped  over  and  audio  will  be  muted and unmuted
              according   to   the   entries   in   the   given   file.    See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how
              to use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
              Stop at given time or byte position.
              NOTE: Byte position is enabled only for MEncoder and will not be
              accurate, as it can only stop at a frame boundary.  When used in
              conjunction with -ss option, -endpos time will shift forward  by
              seconds specified with -ss.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 56 seconds.
                 -endpos 01:10:00
                      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
                 -ss 10 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
                 -endpos 100mb
                      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
              Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V
              desync, etc).  This will enable seeking in files  where  seeking
              was  not  possible.   You  can  fix  the  index permanently with
              MEncoder (see the documentation).
              NOTE: This option only works if the  underlying  media  supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
              Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong
              or missing.

       -frames <number>
              Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
              Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an  external  MP3
              file,  as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep A/V
              sync.  Can be slow especially when seeking  backwards  since  it
              has  to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
              Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
              Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
              NOTE: This option only works if the  underlying  media  supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip  rebuilding  index  file.  MEncoder skips writing the index
              with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
              Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still  be  used  for
              IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
              The  file  from  which  to  read  the  video index data saved by
              -saveidx.  This index will be used for seeking,  overriding  any
              index  data  contained  in  the  AVI  itself.   MPlayer will not
              prevent  you  from  loading  an  index  file  generated  from  a
              different AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
              NOTE:  This  option  is  obsolete  now  that MPlayer has OpenDML
              support.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
              maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
              Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

              Available options are:

                 w=<value>
                      input file width (default: autodetect)
                 h=<value>
                      input file height (default: autodetect)
                 fps=<value>
                      output fps (default: 25)
                 type=<value>
                      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni (AVI only)
              Force usage of non-interleaved AVI  parser  (fixes  playback  of
              some bad AVI files).

       -nobps (AVI only)
              Do  not  use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with
              some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
              Disables extension-based demuxer selection.   By  default,  when
              the  file  type  (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably (the file
              has no header or  it  is  not  reliable  enough),  the  filename
              extension  is  used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back on
              content-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
              Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
              Use  IPv4  on  network  connections.    Falls   back   on   IPv6
              automatically.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
              Use   IPv6   on   network   connections.   Falls  back  on  IPv4
              automatically.

       -psprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams,  this  option  lets
              you  specify  how  many  bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to
              scan in order to identify the video codec used.  This option  is
              needed to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
              This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture
              module.  It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder  based
              card   supported  by  the  V4L2  driver.   The  Hauppauge  WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are  known  as  PVR
              capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
              is able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For  hardware
              capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder,
              use ’pvr://’ as a movie URL.

              Available options are:

                 aspect=<0-3>
                      Specify input aspect ratio:
                         0: 1:1
                         1: 4:3 (default)
                         2: 16:9
                         3: 2.21:1

                 arate=<32000-48000>
                      Specify  encoding  audio  rate   (default:   48000   Hz,
                      available: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

                 alayer=<1-3>
                      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

                 abitrate=<32-448>
                      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

                 amode=<value>
                      Specify  audio  encoding  mode.  Available preset values
                      are  ’stereo’,   ’joint_stereo’,   ’dual’   and   ’mono’
                      (default: stereo).

                 vbitrate=<value>
                      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default:
                      6).

                 vmode=<value>
                      Specify video encoding mode:
                         vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
                         cbr: Constant BitRate

                 vpeak=<value>
                      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful
                      for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

                 fmt=<value>
                      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
                         ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
                         ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
                         mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
                         vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
                         svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
                         dvd:   DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
              These  options  set  various  parameters  of  the  radio capture
              module.    For   listening   to   radio   with    MPlayer    use
              ’radio://<frequency>’  (if  channels  option  is  not  given) or
              ’radio://<channel_number>’ (if channels option is  given)  as  a
              movie  URL.   You  can  see  allowed  frequency range by running
              MPlayer  with  ’-v’.   To  start  the  grabbing  subsystem,  use
              ’radio://<frequency   or   channel>/capture’.   If  the  capture
              keyword is not given you can listen to radio using  the  line-in
              cable  only.   Using capture to listen is not recommended due to
              synchronization   problems,    which    makes    this    process
              uncomfortable.

              Available options are:

                 device=<value>
                      Radio  device to use (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux and
                      /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

                 driver=<value>
                      Radio  driver  to  use  (default:  v4l2  if   available,
                      otherwise  v4l).   Currently,  v4l  and v4l2 drivers are
                      supported.

                 volume=<0..100>
                      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

                 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

                 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

                 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
                      Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in  names  (or  play
                      with  quoting  ;-).   The  channel  names  will  then be
                      written   using   OSD    and    the    slave    commands
                      radio_step_channel  and radio_set_channel will be usable
                      for a remote control (see LIRC).  If  given,  number  in
                      movie URL will be treated as channel position in channel
                      list.
                      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

                 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Name of device to capture sound from.   Without  such  a
                      name  capture  will  be  disabled,  even  if the capture
                      keyword appears in the URL.  For ALSA devices use it  in
                      the   form   hw=<card>.<device>.   If  the  device  name
                      contains a ’=’, the module will  use  ALSA  to  capture,
                      otherwise OSS.

                 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
                      NOTE:  When  using  audio  capture  set  also  -rawaudio
                      rate=<value> option with the same value  as  arate.   If
                      you  have  problems with sound speed (runs too quickly),
                      try  to  play   with   different   rate   values   (e.g.
                      48000,44100,32000,...).

                 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
              This  option  lets  you  play  raw audio files.  You have to use
              -demuxer rawaudio as well.  It may also be used  to  play  audio
              CDs  which  are  not  44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3
              streams use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

              Available options are:

                 channels=<value>
                      number of channels
                 rate=<value>
                      rate in samples per second
                 samplesize=<value>
                      sample size in bytes
                 bitrate=<value>
                      bitrate for rawaudio files
                 format=<value>
                      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw video  files.   You  have  to  use
              -demuxer rawvideo as well.

              Available options are:

                 fps=<value>
                      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
                 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
                      set standard image size
                 w=<value>
                      image width in pixels
                 h=<value>
                      image height in pixels
                 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
                      set colorspace
                 format=<value>
                      colorspace  (fourcc)  in  hex  or  string constant.  Use
                      -rawvideo format=help for a list of possible strings.
                 size=<value>
                      frame size in Bytes

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
                      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
                 mplayer  sample-720x576.yuv   -demuxer   rawvideo   -rawvideo
                 w=720:h=576
                      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -rtsp-port
              Used with ’rtsp://’ URLs to  force  the  client’s  port  number.
              This option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to
              forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
              Used with ’rtsp://’ URLs to force the destination IP address  to
              be bound.  This option may be useful with some RTSP server which
              do not  send  RTP  packets  to  the  right  interface.   If  the
              connection  to  the  RTSP  server  fails, use -v to see which IP
              address MPlayer tries to bind to and try  to  force  it  to  one
              assigned to your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
              Used  with ’rtsp://’ URLs to specify that the resulting incoming
              RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP (using  the  same  TCP
              connection  as  RTSP).   This option may be useful if you have a
              broken internet connection  that  does  not  pass  incoming  UDP
              packets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -saveidx <filename>
              Force  index  rebuilding  and  dump  the  index  to  <filename>.
              Currently this only works with AVI files.
              NOTE: This option is  obsolete  now  that  MPlayer  has  OpenDML
              support.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
              Seek  to  byte position.  Useful for playback from CD-ROM images
              or VOB files with junk at the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.
              Not guaranteed to work correctly with -oac copy.

       -srate <Hz>
              Selects the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards
              have limits on this).   If  the  sample  frequency  selected  is
              different  from  that  of  the  current  media,  the resample or
              lavcresample audio filter will be inserted into the audio filter
              layer  to compensate for the difference.  The type of resampling
              can be controlled by the -af-adv option.  The  default  is  fast
              resampling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
              Seek to given time position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ss 56
                      Seeks to 56 seconds.
                 -ss 01:10:00
                      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
              Tells  MPlayer  not  to discard TS packets reported as broken in
              the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
              many  bytes  in  the  stream  you want MPlayer to search for the
              desired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option
              which  program  (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with
              -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
              This option tunes various properties of the TV  capture  module.
              For    watching    TV    with    MPlayer,    use    ’tv://’   or
              ’tv://<channel_number>’ or even ’tv://<channel_name> (see option
              channels  for  channel_name below) as a movie URL.  You can also
              use  ’tv:///<input_id>’  to  start  watching  a  movie  from   a
              composite or S-Video input (see option input for details).

              Available options are:

                 noaudio
                      no sound

                 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
                      If  signal strength reported by device is less than this
                      value, audio and video will be  muted.   In  most  cases
                      automute=100  will  be  enough.   Default is 0 (automute
                      disabled).

                 driver=<value>
                      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in  TV  input
                      drivers.    available:   dummy,   v4l,   v4l2,  bsdbt848
                      (default: autodetect)

                 device=<value>
                      Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the
                      bsdbt848  driver  you  can  provide  both bktr and tuner
                      device names separating them with a comma,  tuner  after
                      bktr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

                 input=<value>
                      Specify  input  (default: 0 (TV), see console output for
                      available inputs).

                 freq=<value>
                      Specify  the  frequency  to  set  the  tuner  to   (e.g.
                      511.250).  Not compatible with the channels parameter.

                 outfmt=<value>
                      Specify  the  output  format  of the tuner with a preset
                      value supported by the V4L driver (yv12,  rgb32,  rgb24,
                      rgb16,  rgb15,  uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format
                      given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list  of  all
                      available formats.

                 width=<value>
                      output window width

                 height=<value>
                      output window height

                 fps=<value>
                      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

                 buffersize=<value>
                      maximum   size   of  the  capture  buffer  in  megabytes
                      (default: dynamical)

                 norm=<value>
                      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM,  NTSC  are  available.
                      For  v4l2,  see  the  console  output  for a list of all
                      available norms, also see the normid option below.

                 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
                      Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The  TV  norm
                      depends on the capture card.  See the console output for
                      a list of available TV norms.

                 channel=<value>
                      Set tuner to <value> channel.

                 chanlist=<value>
                      available: europe-east, europe-west, us-bcast, us-cable,
                      etc

                 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
                      Set  names  for channels.  NOTE: If <chan> is an integer
                      greater than 1000, it will be treated as  frequency  (in
                      kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
                      Use  _  for  spaces  in names (or play with quoting ;-).
                      The channel names will then be written  using  OSD,  and
                      the  slave  commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and
                      tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
                      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency parameter.
                      NOTE:  The  channel  number will then be the position in
                      the ’channels’ list, beginning with 1.
                      EXAMPLE:    tv://1,    tv://TV1,    tv_set_channel    1,
                      tv_set_channel TV1

                 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
                      Set the image equalizer on the card.

                 audiorate=<value>
                      Set audio capture bitrate.

                 forceaudio
                      Capture  audio  even  if  there  are  no  audio  sources
                      reported by v4l.

                 alsa
                      Capture from ALSA.

                 amode=<0-3>
                      Choose an audio mode:
                         0: mono
                         1: stereo
                         2: language 1
                         3: language 2

                 forcechan=<1-2>
                      By default, the count  of  recorded  audio  channels  is
                      determined automatically by querying the audio mode from
                      the TV card.  This  option  allows  forcing  stereo/mono
                      recording  regardless of the amode option and the values
                      returned by v4l.  This can be used  for  troubleshooting
                      when  the  TV card is unable to report the current audio
                      mode.

                 adevice=<value>
                      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
                      and a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ’:’ by
                      a ’.’ in the hardware ID for ALSA.

                 audioid=<value>
                      Choose an audio output of the capture card,  if  it  has
                      more than one.

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      These  options  set parameters of the mixer on the video
                      capture card.  They will have no effect,  if  your  card
                      does  not  have  one.   For  v4l2 50 maps to the default
                      value of the control, as reported by the driver.

                 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams)  to
                      the  desired  value and switch off automatic control.  A
                      value of 0 enables automatic control.  If this option is
                      omitted, gain control will not be modified.

                 immediatemode=<bool>
                      A  value  of  0 means capture and buffer audio and video
                      together (default for MEncoder).  A value of 1  (default
                      for  MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the
                      audio go through a loopback cable from the  TV  card  to
                      the sound card.

                 mjpeg
                      Use  hardware  MJPEG  compression  (if the card supports
                      it).  When using this option, you do not need to specify
                      the  width  and  height  of  the  output window, because
                      MPlayer  will  determine  it  automatically   from   the
                      decimation value (see below).

                 decimation=<1|2|4>
                      choose  the  size of the picture that will be compressed
                      by hardware MJPEG compression:
                         1: full size
                             704x576    PAL
                             704x480    NTSC
                         2: medium size
                             352x288    PAL
                             352x240    NTSC
                         4: small size
                             176x144    PAL
                             176x120    NTSC

                 quality=<0-100>
                      Choose  the  quality  of  the  JPEG  compression  (<  60
                      recommended for full size).

                 tdevice=<value>
                      Specify   TV   teletext   device   (example:  /dev/vbi0)
                      (default: none).

                 tformat=<format>
                      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
                         0: opaque
                         1: transparent
                         2: opaque with inverted colors
                         3: transparent with inverted colors

                 tpage=<100-899>
                      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default:  100).

                 tlang=<-1-127>
                      Specify  default  teletext  language  code (default: 0),
                      which will be used as primary language until a  type  28
                      packet  is  received.   Useful  when the teletext system
                      uses a non-latin character set, but language  codes  are
                      not  transmitted  via  teletext type 28 packets for some
                      reason.  To see a list of supported language  codes  set
                      this option to -1.

                 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate  stream  with  video  renderer instead of Null
                      renderer (default: off).  Will help if video freezes but
                      audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and
                      -vf crop combination.

                 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate  VideoPort  pin  stream  with  video  renderer
                      instead  of  removing  it from the graph (default: off).
                      Useful if your card has a VideoPort  pin  and  video  is
                      choppy.   NOTE:  May  not  work with -vo directx and -vf
                      crop combination.

                 system_clock (dshow only)
                      Use the system clock  as  sync  source  instead  of  the
                      default  graph  clock (usually the clock from one of the
                      live sources in graph).

                 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
                      Create audio chunks with a time length  equal  to  video
                      frame  time  length  (default:  off).   Some audio cards
                      create audio chunks about 0.5s  in  size,  resulting  in
                      choppy video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
              Tune  the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for
              "-tv  channels="  option,  including  existing  and  just  found
              channels.

              Available suboptions are:

                 autostart
                      Begin   channel   scanning   immediately  after  startup
                      (default: disabled).

                 period=<0.1-2.0>
                      Specify  delay  in  seconds  before  switching  to  next
                      channel  (default: 0.5).  Lower values will cause faster
                      scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

                 threshold=<1-100>
                      Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as
                      reported by the device (default: 50).  A signal strength
                      higher  than this value will indicate that the currently
                      scanning channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
              Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
              Select video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS:  17-8190).
              When  playing  an  MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the
              first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
              Force audio parameters  for  the  VIVO  demuxer  (for  debugging
              purposes).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS

       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
              Turn  on  SSA/ASS  subtitle rendering.  With this option, libass
              will be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.
              You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.
              NOTE:  Unlike  normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by default. To
              disable it, use -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
              Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.   The  color
              format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
              Adds  a  black  band  at  the  bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS
              renderer can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
              Sets  the  color  for  text  subtitles.   The  color  format  is
              RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
              Set  the  scale  coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS
              renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
                 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
              Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
                 0    no hinting
                 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
                 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
                 3    font native hinter
                 0-3 + 4
                      The same, but hinting will only be performed if the  OSD
                      is  rendered at screen resolution and will therefore not
                      be scaled.
                 The default value is 7 (use native hinter  for  unscaled  OSD
                 and no hinting otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
              for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly
              like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
              can place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in  black  borders  when
              they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based JACOsub subtitle format.   Creates  a  dumpsub.js
              file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the
              current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              MPlayer’s subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file  in
              the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
              in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based  SubViewer  (SRT)  subtitle  format.   Creates  a
              dumpsub.srt file in the current directory.
              NOTE:  Some  broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle files
              with Unix line endings.  If you are unlucky enough to have  such
              a  box,  pass  your subtitle files through unix2dos or a similar
              program to replace  Unix  line  endings  with  DOS/Windows  line
              endings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
              Dumps  the  subtitle  substream  from VOB streams.  Also see the
              -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
              Enables  extraction  of  Matroska   embedded   fonts   (default:
              disabled).   These  fonts  can  be  used  for  SSA/ASS  subtitle
              rendering  (-ass  option).   Font  files  are  created  in   the
              ~/.mplayer/fonts directory.
              NOTE:  With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are opened
              directly from memory, and this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
              Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
                 0    plain white fonts
                 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
                 1    narrow black outline
                 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
              Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
              Change FriBiDi’s assumptions about the placements of  commas  in
              subtitles.   Use  this  if  commas in subtitles are shown at the
              start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file, path to font  (FreeType),  font  pattern
       (Fontconfig)>
              Search  for  the  OSD/SUB  fonts  in  an  alternative  directory
              (default  for  normal  fonts: ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc, default
              for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
              NOTE: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text
              font   file.    With  Fontconfig,  this  option  determines  the
              Fontconfig font pattern.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
                 -font ’Bitstream Vera Sans’
                 -font ’Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold’

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
              Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.
              NOTE:  By  default  fontconfig  is  used   for   libass-rendered
              subtitles  and not used for OSD. With -fontconfig it is used for
              both libass and OSD, with -nofontconfig it is not used at all.

       -forcedsubsonly
              Display only  forced  subtitles  for  the  DVD  subtitle  stream
              selected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
              Specifies  the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when
              decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
              Indicate the file that will be used to load  palette  and  frame
              size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
              Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       -osd-duration <time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
                 0    subtitles only
                 1    volume + seek (default)
                 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
                 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
              Allows  the  next subtitle to be displayed while the current one
              is still visible (default is to  enable  the  support  only  for
              specific formats).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
              Display  the  subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer
              prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
              If  you  cannot  select  one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
              -vobsubid.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO  639-2  three
              letter  language  codes  while  OGM uses a free-form identifier.
              MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose  (-v)
              mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
                      Chooses  the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
              Antialiasing/scaling mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may  be
              added to <mode> in order to force scaling even when original and
              scaled frame size already match.  This can be employed  to  e.g.
              smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
                 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
                 1    approximate (broken?)
                 2    full (slow)
                 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
                 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
              Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
                 -1   original position
                  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
                  1   Align at center.
                  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
              Variance  parameter  of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means
              more blur (default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
              Use/display  these  subtitle  files.   Only  one  file  can   be
              displayed at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
              Specify   the   alpha   channel  value  for  subtitles  and  OSD
              backgrounds.   Big  values  mean  more  transparency.   0  means
              completely transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
              Specify  the  color  value  for  subtitles  and OSD backgrounds.
              Currently subtitles are grayscale so this value is equivalent to
              the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
              Force  subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a ’+’ before the
              name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the  demuxer
              name   as   printed   by   -sub-demuxer   help.    For  backward
              compatibility it also accepts  the  demuxer  ID  as  defined  in
              subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
              Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
                 0    exact match
                 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
                 2    Load all subs in the current directory.

       -sub-no-text-pp
              Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the
              subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
              Specify which edge of the subtitles should  be  aligned  at  the
              height given by -subpos.
                 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
                 1    Align subtitle center.
                 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc
              Display  DVD  Closed  Caption (CC) subtitles.  These are not the
              VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing
              impaired  encoded  in  the  VOB userdata stream on most region 1
              DVDs.  CC subtitles have not been spotted  on  DVDs  from  other
              regions so far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
              If  your  system  supports  iconv(3), you can use this option to
              specify the subtitle codepage.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp latin2
                 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
              You can specify your language using a two letter  language  code
              to  make  ENCA  detect  the  codepage automatically.  If unsure,
              enter  anything  and  watch  mplayer  -v  output  for  available
              languages.   Fallback  codepage  specifies  the codepage to use,
              when autodetection fails.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
                      Guess the encoding, assuming the  subtitles  are  Czech,
                      fall back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
                 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
                      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       -subdelay <sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
              Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
              (OggDS?).

       -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType
       only)
              Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no  -subfont  is  given,
              -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale mode.
              NOTE:  0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in
              points.

              The mode can be:

                 0    no autoscale
                 1    proportional to movie height
                 2    proportional to movie width
                 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font encoding.  When set to ’unicode’, all  the  glyphs
              from  the  font  file  will be rendered and unicode will be used
              (default: unicode).

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets  the  subtitle  text autoscale coefficient as percentage of
              the screen size (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
              NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
              subtitle files and slows them down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-100> (useful with -vf expand)
              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.  The  value  is
              the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

       -subwidth <10-100>
              Specify the maximum width of subtitles on  the  screen.   Useful
              for  TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of the
              screen width.

       -noterm-osd
              Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
              output is available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
              Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message
              on the console.  The escape sequence should move the pointer  to
              the  beginning  of  the  line  used  for  the  OSD  and clear it
              (default: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
              Specify the path to the unrar executable so MPlayer can  use  it
              to  access rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so the
              feature  is  off).   The  path  must  include  the  executable’s
              filename, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
              Specify  a VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the full
              pathname without extension, i.e. without the ’.idx’,  ’.ifo’  or
              ’.sub’.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
              Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
              Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
              Select  the  sample format used for output from the audio filter
              layer to the sound card.  The values that <format> can adopt are
              listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
              Use  a  mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For
              ALSA this is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
              This option will tell MPlayer to use  a  different  channel  for
              controlling  volume  than  the  default  PCM.   Options  for OSS
              include vol, pcm, line.  For a complete list of options look for
              SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES  in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For ALSA
              you can use the names  e.g.  alsamixer  displays,  like  Master,
              Line, PCM.
              NOTE:  ALSA  mixer  channel  names  followed by a number must be
              specified in the <name,number> format, i.e.  a  channel  labeled
              ’PCM 1’ in alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

       -softvol
              Force  the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound
              card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent  (default:  110).
              A  value  of  200  will  allow  you to adjust the volume up to a
              maximum of double the current level.  With values below 100  the
              initial  volume (which is 100%) will be above the maximum, which
              e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
              Set the step size of mixer volume  changes  in  percent  of  the
              whole range (default: 3).

       -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
              Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware or software
              (if used with -softvol).  A value of -1 (the default)  will  not
              change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Audio   output   drivers  are  interfaces  to  different  audio  output
       facilities.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back  on  drivers  not
       contained  in  the  list.   Suboptions  are  optional and can mostly be
       omitted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -ao alsa,oss,
                      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
                 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
                      Sets noblock-mode and the  device-name  as  first  card,
                      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
              ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
                 noblock
                      Sets noblock-mode.
                 device=<device>
                      Sets  the device name.  Replace any ’,’ with ’.’ and any
                      ’:’ with ’=’ in the ALSA device name.  For hwac3  output
                      via  S/PDIF,  use  an "iec958" or "spdif" device, unless
                      you really know how to set it correctly.

       alsa5
              ALSA 0.5 audio output driver

       oss
              OSS audio output driver
                 <dsp-device>
                      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
                 <mixer-device>
                      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
                 <mixer-channel>
                      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
              highly  platform  independent  SDL  (Simple  Directmedia  Layer)
              library audio output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly  choose the SDL audio driver to use (default:
                      let SDL choose).

       arts
              audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
              audio output through the ESD daemon
                 <server>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  ESD  server  to  use  (default:
                      localhost).

       jack
              audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
                 port=<name>
                      Connects  to  the  ports  with  the given name (default:
                      physical ports).
                 name=<client
                      Client name that is passed  to  JACK  (default:  MPlayer
                      [<PID>]).    Useful   if   you   want  to  have  certain
                      connections established automatically.
                 (no)estimate
                      Estimate the audio delay, supposed  to  make  the  video
                      playback smoother (default: enabled).
                 (no)autostart
                      Automatically  start jackd if necessary.  Note that this
                      seems  unreliable  and  will  spam  stdout  with  server
                      messages.

       nas
              audio output through NAS

       macosx (Mac OS X only)
              native Mac OS X audio output driver

       openal
              Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
              PulseAudio audio output driver
                 [<host>][:<output sink>]
                      Specify  the host and optionally output sink to use.  An
                      empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost"
                      uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

       sgi (SGI only)
              native SGI audio output driver
                 <output device name>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  output  device/interface to use
                      (default: system-wide default).   For  example,  ’Analog
                      Out’ or ’Digital Out’.

       sun (Sun only)
              native Sun audio output driver
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  audio  device  to use (default:
                      /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
              native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
                 device=<devicenum>
                      Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file  with  -v
                      will show a list of available devices.

       dart (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 DART audio output driver
                 (no)share
                      Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              IVTV  specific  MPEG  audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa
              only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output  to  an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      DVB  card  to  use if more than one card is present.  If
                      not specified MPlayer will search the first usable card.
                 file=<filename>
                      output filename

       null
              Produces  no  audio  output  but maintains video playback speed.
              Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
              raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
                 (no)waveheader
                      Include or do not  include  the  wave  header  (default:
                      included).    When   not   included,  raw  PCM  will  be
                      generated.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the sound to <filename>  instead  of  the  default
                      audiodump.wav.    If   nowaveheader  is  specified,  the
                      default is audiodump.pcm.
                 fast
                      Try to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the  output
                      does  not  get  truncated  (usually with "Too many video
                      packets in buffer" message).  It is normal that you  get
                      a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
              plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -adapter <value>
              Set  the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get
              a list of available cards when you  run  this  option  with  -v.
              Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
              Override  the  autodetected  color depth.  Only supported by the
              fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

       -border
              Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on
              by  default,  use  -noborder  to  disable  the  standard  window
              decorations.

       -brightness <-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video  signal  (default:  0).   Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
              Adjust  the  contrast  of  the  video  signal (default: 0).  Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
              Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
              to display on.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
              Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video
              outputs)
              WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
              This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

                 ar-mode=<value>
                      aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1  =  pan-and-scan,  2  =
                      letterbox (default))

                 iec958-encoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

                 iec958-decoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

                 macrovision=<value>
                      macrovision  mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2
                      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

                 mute
                      mute sound output

                 unmute
                      unmute sound output

                 ucode=<value>
                      path to the microcode

              TV output

                 75ire
                      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

                 no75ire
                      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

                 bw
                      b/w TV output

                 color
                      color TV output (default)

                 interlaced
                      interlaced TV output (default)

                 nointerlaced
                      disable interlaced TV output

                 norm=<value>
                      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

                 square-pixel
                      set pixel mode to square

                 ccir601-pixel
                      set pixel mode to ccir601

              overlay

                 cr-left=<0-500>
                      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

                 cr-right=<0-500>
                      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

                 cr-top=<0-500>
                      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

                 cr-bottom=<0-500>
                      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

                 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
                      Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue)  gain  of  the  overlay
                      color-key.

                 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
                      minimum value for the respective color key

                 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
                      maximum value for the respective color key

                 ignore-cache
                      Ignore cached overlay settings.

                 update-cache
                      Update cached overlay settings.

                 ol-osd
                      Enable overlay onscreen display.

                 nool-osd
                      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

                 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
                      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case
                      it does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

                 overlay
                      Activate overlay (default).

                 nooverlay
                      Activate TV-out.

                 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
                      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Change video mode to the one that is labeled  as  <modename>  in
              /etc/fb.modes.
              NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Override  framebuffer  mode  configuration  file (default: /etc/
              fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
              Fullscreen playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black  bands
              around it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
              Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
              Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
              negate the modes by prefixing them with ’-’.  If you  experience
              problems  like  the  fullscreen  window  being  covered by other
              windows try using a different order.
              NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

              The available types are:

                 above
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
                 below
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
                 fullscreen
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
                 layer
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
                 layer=<0...15>
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
                 netwm
                      Force NETWM style.
                 none
                      Do not set fullscreen window layer.
                 stays_on_top
                      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

              EXAMPLE:
                 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
                      Default order, will be used as a fallback  if  incorrect
                      or unsupported modes are specified.
                 -fullscreen
                      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+x+y]
              Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y
              specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left  of  the
              screen  to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if
              a percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the value
              into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also
              supports the  standard  X11  -geometry  option  format.   If  an
              external  window  is specified using the -wid option, then the x
              and y coordinates are relative to the  top-left  corner  of  the
              window rather than the screen.
              NOTE:  This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc,
              xvidix, gl, gl2, directx, fbdev and tdfxfb video output drivers.

              EXAMPLE:
                 50:40
                      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
                 50%:50%
                      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
                 100%
                      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the
                      screen.
                 100%:100%
                      Places the window at the  bottom  right  corner  of  the
                      screen.

       -guiwid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
              This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to
              the bottom of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI  in
              a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
              Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a
              colored negative of the image with this option.   Not  supported
              by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
              disables  a  previous  setting  (e.g.  in  the   config   file).
              Overrides the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
                 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set  the  aspect  of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen
              (default: 1).  A value of 1 means  square  pixels  (correct  for
              (almost?) all LCDs).

       -nodouble
              Disables   double  buffering,  mostly  for  debugging  purposes.
              Double buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in  memory,
              and  displaying  one  while decoding another.  It can affect OSD
              negatively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
              Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode  change  (-vm).
              Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
              Do  not  keep  window  aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only
              works with the x11,  xv,  xmga,  xvidix,  directx  video  output
              drivers.  Furthermore under X11 your window manager has to honor
              window aspect hints.

       -ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
              by  video  output  drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as
              directx, macosx, quartz, ggi and gl2.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a
              16:9  movie  to  make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
              The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
              with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, macosx and xvidix video
              output drivers.
              NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as  well,  but  highly
              experimental and may crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
              Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
              Positive values mean multiples of the default  range.   Negative
              numbers  mean you can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.
              E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of  up  to  4.   This
              feature  is  experimental.   Do  not  report bugs unless you are
              using -vo gl.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
              Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported  by
              -vo directx combined with the -vm option.

       -rootwin
              Play  movie  in  the  root window (desktop background).  Desktop
              background images may cover  the  movie  window,  though.   Only
              works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, macosx and directx
              video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
              Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can
              get  grayscale  output  with  this option.  Not supported by all
              video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
              Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do  not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw <pixels>
              Specify  the  screen width for video output drivers which do not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -stop-xscreensaver (X11 , KDE and GNOME only)
              Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit.
              Note  that the GNOME screensaver is disabled only as long as the
              mouse cursor  is  kept  inside  the  MPlayer  window.   If  your
              screensaver  supports  neither the XSS nor XResetScreenSaver API
              please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -vm
              Try to change to a different video mode.  Supported by the  dga,
              x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
              directx video output driver the  -screenw,  -screenh,  -bpp  and
              -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
              Enables  VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -guiwid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
              This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.   Useful  to
              embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger extension).

       -xineramascreen <-2-...>
              In  Xinerama  configurations  (i.e.  a single desktop that spans
              across multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen
              to  display the movie on.  A value of -2 means fullscreen across
              the whole virtual display (in this case Xinerama information  is
              completely  ignored),  -1  means  fullscreen  on the display the
              window currently is  on.   The  initial  position  set  via  the
              -geometry  option  is  relative  to  the specified screen.  Will
              usually only work with "-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype  none".
              This  option  is  not  suitable  to  only set the startup screen
              (because  it  will  always  display  on  the  given  screen   in
              fullscreen  mode),  -geometry  is the best that is available for
              that purpose currently.  Supported by the gl, gl2, x11,  and  xv
              video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
              Display  in  black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
              be combined with ’-lavdopts gray’.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
              Select  a  part  of  the  input  image  to   display,   multiple
              occurrences of this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama
              mode the movie is distributed over more than one TV (or  beamer)
              to  create  a  larger  image.   Options appearing after the n-th
              -zrcrop apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at  least
              have a -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the
              output of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
              by default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device
              it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
              Force  decimation:  Decimation,  as  specified  by  -zrhdec  and
              -zrvdec,  only  happens  if  the hardware scaler can stretch the
              image  to  its  original  size.   Use  this  option   to   force
              decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Horizontal  decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or
              4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the
              scaler  of  the  MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
              size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
              Display a list of all -zr* options, their default values  and  a
              cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
              A  number  from  1  (best)  to  20 (worst) representing the JPEG
              encoding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only  every  2nd  or
              4th  line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
              scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image  to  its  original
              size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If  the  movie  is  smaller  than  the  TV  screen,  this option
              specifies the x offset from the  upper-left  corner  of  the  TV
              screen (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If  the  movie  is  smaller  than  the  TV  screen,  this option
              specifies the y offset from the  upper-left  corner  of  the  TV
              screen (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Video   output   drivers  are  interfaces  to  different  video  output
       facilities.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back  on  drivers  not
       contained  in  the  list.   Suboptions  are  optional and can mostly be
       omitted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -vo xmga,xv,
                      Try the Matrox X11 driver,  then  the  Xv  driver,  then
                      others.
                 -vo directx:noaccel
                      Uses  the  DirectX  driver  with  acceleration  features
                      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses the XVideo extension of  XFree86  4.x  to  enable  hardware
              accelerated  playback.   If  you  cannot use a hardware specific
              driver, this is probably the best option.  For information about
              what  colorkey  is  used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v
              option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
              beginning.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 ck=<cur|use|set>
                      Select the source  from  which  the  colorkey  is  taken
                      (default: cur).
                         cur  The  default takes the colorkey currently set in
                              Xv.
                         use  Use but do not set  the  colorkey  from  MPlayer
                              (use -colorkey option to change it).
                         set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
                 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
                         man  Draw the colorkey manually (reduces  flicker  in
                              some cases).
                         bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
                         auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared  memory video output driver without hardware acceleration
              that works whenever X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
              Adds X11 support to all  overlay  based  video  output  drivers.
              Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Select  the driver to use as source to overlay on top of
                      X11.

       vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau or ffh264vdpau)
              Video output that uses VDPAU to decode video via hardware.  Also
              supports displaying of software-decoded video.
                 sharpen=<-1-1>
                      For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the
                      video,  for  negative  values   a   blurring   algorithm
                      (default: 0).
                 denoise=<0-1>
                      Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default:
                      0, no noise reduction).
                 deint=<0-4>
                      Chooses the deinterlacer (default: 0).  All  modes  >  0
                      respect -field-dominance.
                         0    No deinterlacing.
                         1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
                         2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
                         3    Motion  adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing.   May
                              lead to A/V  desync  with  slow  video  hardware
                              and/or  high resolution.  This is the default if
                              "D" is used to enable deinterlacing.
                         4    Motion  adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing   with
                              edge-guided  spatial  interpolation.  Needs fast
                              video hardware.
                 chroma-deint
                      Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both  on  luma  and
                      chroma (default).  Use nochroma-deint to solely use luma
                      and speed up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful  with  slow
                      video memory.
                 pullup
                      Try  to  apply  inverse  telecine, needs motion adaptive
                      temporal deinterlacing.

       xvmc (X11 with -vc ffmpeg12mc only)
              Video  output  driver  that  uses  the  XvMC  (X  Video   Motion
              Compensation)  extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and
              VCR2 decoding.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 (no)benchmark
                      Disables    image   display.    Necessary   for   proper
                      benchmarking of drivers that  change  image  buffers  on
                      monitor  retrace  only  (nVidia).   Default  is  not  to
                      disable image display (nobenchmark).
                 (no)bobdeint
                      Very simple deinterlacer.  Might not  look  better  than
                      -vf  tfields=1, but it is the only deinterlacer for xvmc
                      (default: nobobdeint).
                 (no)queue
                      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work  of
                      the  video  hardware.   May add a small (not noticeable)
                      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
                 (no)sleep
                      Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish
                      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
                 ck=cur|use|set
                      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
                 ck-method=man|bg|auto
                      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
              Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
              Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
              Highly  platform  independent  SDL  (Simple  Directmedia  Layer)
              library  video output driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer,
              MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it
              has several minor bugs (-vm/-novm is mostly ignored, -fs behaves
              like -novm should, window is in top-left corner  when  returning
              from fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...)
                 driver=<driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
                 (no)forcexv
                      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
                      forcexv).
                 (no)hwaccel
                      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
              VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface  to  the  video
              acceleration  features  of  different graphics cards.  Very fast
              video output driver on cards that support it.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the VIDIX  subdevice  driver  to  use.
                      Available   subdevice   drivers  are  cyberblade,  ivtv,
                      mach64,  mga_crtc2,  mga,  nvidia,  pm2,  pm3,   radeon,
                      rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
              X11 frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       cvidix
              Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in
              a text console with nVidia cards.
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
              Windows frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface (useful for
              Vista).

       directx (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
                 noaccel
                      Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try this option if you
                      have display problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
              Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
                 snap Force SNAP mode.
                 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
                 dive Force DIVE mode.
                 (no)t23
                      Enable/disable  workaround  for  T23  laptop   (default:
                      -not23).   Try  to enable this option if your video card
                      supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
              Mac OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some  circumstances,
              it  might be more efficient to force a packed YUV output format,
              with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
                 fs_res=<width>:<height>
                      Specify  the  fullscreen  resolution  (useful  on   slow
                      systems).

       macosx (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
              Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose  the  display device to use for fullscreen or set
                      it to -1 to always use the same screen the video  window
                      is on (default: -1 - auto).
                 shared_buffer
                      Write  output  to  a  shared  memory  buffer  instead of
                      displaying it and try to open an  existing  NSConnection
                      for communication with a GUI.
                 buffer_name=<name>
                      Name  of the shared buffer created with shm_open as well
                      as the name of the NSConnection MPlayer will try to open
                      (default: "mplayerosx").  Setting buffer_name implicitly
                      enables shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device  name  to  use  (e.g.
                      /dev/fb0)  or  the  name  of  the VIDIX subdevice if the
                      device name starts with ’vidix’ (e.g. ’vidixsis_vid’ for
                      the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
              Uses   the   kernel   framebuffer  to  play  video,  alternative
              implementation.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       vesa
              Very  general  video  output driver that should work on any VESA
              VBE 2.0 compatible card.
                 (no)dga
                      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
                 neotv_pal
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
                 neotv_ntsc
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
                 vidix
                      Use the VIDIX driver.
                 lvo:
                      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
              Play video using the SVGA library.
                 <video mode>
                      Specify video mode to use.  The mode can be given  in  a
                      <width>x<height>x<colors> format, e.g. 640x480x16M or be
                      a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
                 bbosd
                      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
                 native
                      Use only native drawing functions.  This  avoids  direct
                      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
                 retrace
                      Force  frame  switch  on  vertical retrace.  Usable only
                      with -double.  It has the  same  effect  as  the  -vsync
                      option.
                 sq
                      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
                 vidix
                      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
              OpenGL  video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be
              smaller  than  the  maximum  texture   size   of   your   OpenGL
              implementation.   Intended  to  work  even  with  the most basic
              OpenGL implementations, but also makes use of newer  extensions,
              which  allow  support for more colorspaces and direct rendering.
              For optimal speed try something similar to
              -vo gl:yuv=2:rectangle=2:force-pbo:ati-hack -dr -noslices
              The code performs very few checks, so  if  a  feature  does  not
              work,  this  might  be  because  it  is  not  supported  by your
              card/OpenGL implementation even if you  do  not  get  any  error
              message.  Use glxinfo or a similar tool to display the supported
              OpenGL extensions.
                 (no)ati-hack
                      ATI drivers may give a corrupted  image  when  PBOs  are
                      used  (when  using -dr or force-pbo).  This option fixes
                      this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
                 (no)force-pbo
                      Always uses PBOs  to  transfer  textures  even  if  this
                      involves  an  extra copy.  Currently this gives a little
                      extra speed with NVidia drivers and  a  lot  more  speed
                      with  ATI  drivers.  May need -noslices and the ati-hack
                      suboption to work correctly.
                 (no)scaled-osd
                      Changes the way the OSD behaves when  the  size  of  the
                      window   changes   (default:  disabled).   When  enabled
                      behaves more like the other video output drivers,  which
                      is  better  for  fixed-size  fonts.  Disabled looks much
                      better with FreeType  fonts  and  uses  the  borders  in
                      fullscreen  mode.   Does  not  work  correctly  with ass
                      subtitles  (see  -ass),  you  can  instead  render  them
                      without OpenGL support via -vf ass.
                 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
                      Color  for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-
                      transparent white).
                 rectangle=<0,1,2>
                      Select usage of rectangular textures which  saves  video
                      RAM, but often is slower (default: 0).
                         0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
                         1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
                         2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
                         In some cases only supported  in  software  and  thus
                         very slow.
                 swapinterval=<n>
                      Minimum  interval  between  two buffer swaps, counted in
                      displayed frames  (default:  1).   1  is  equivalent  to
                      enabling  VSYNC,  0  to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0
                      will leave it at the system default.   This  limits  the
                      framerate  to  (horizontal  refresh rate / n).  Requires
                      GLX_SGI_swap_control  support  to   work.    With   some
                      (most/all?)   implementations   this   only   works   in
                      fullscreen mode.
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.
                         0: Use  software  conversion  (default).   Compatible
                         with   all  OpenGL  versions.   Provides  brightness,
                         contrast and saturation control.
                         1: Use register  combiners.   This  uses  an  nVidia-
                         specific  extension  (GL_NV_register_combiners).   At
                         least  three  texture  units  are  needed.   Provides
                         saturation  and hue control.  This method is fast but
                         inexact.
                         2:   Use   a    fragment    program.     Needs    the
                         GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at least three
                         texture  units.    Provides   brightness,   contrast,
                         saturation and hue control.
                         3:  Use a fragment program using the POW instruction.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
                         least  three  texture  units.   Provides  brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma  control.   Gamma
                         can  also  be  set  independently  for red, green and
                         blue.  Method 4 is usually faster.
                         4: Use a fragment  program  with  additional  lookup.
                         Needs  the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
                         least  four  texture  units.   Provides   brightness,
                         contrast,  saturation,  hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set  independently  for  red,  green  and
                         blue.
                         5:  Use  ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This
                         uses        an         ATI-specific         extension
                         (GL_ATI_fragment_shader             -             not
                         GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).   At  least  three  texture
                         units   are  needed.   Provides  saturation  and  hue
                         control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         6: Use a 3D texture  to  do  conversion  via  lookup.
                         Needs  the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
                         least four texture units.  Extremely  slow  (software
                         emulation)  on  some (all?) ATI cards since it uses a
                         texture with  border  pixels.   Provides  brightness,
                         contrast,  saturation,  hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set  independently  for  red,  green  and
                         blue.   Speed  depends  more  on GPU memory bandwidth
                         than other methods.
                 ycbcr
                      Use the GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture extension to  convert  YUV
                      to  RGB.   In  most  cases  this is probably slower than
                      doing software conversion to RGB.
                 lscale=<n>
                      Select  the  scaling  function  to  use  for   luminance
                      scaling.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
                         0: Use simple linear filtering (default).
                         1:  Use  bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).
                         Needs one additional texture unit.  Older cards  will
                         not  be  able  to  handle this for chroma at least in
                         fullscreen mode.
                         2:  Use  cubic  filtering   in   horizontal,   linear
                         filtering in vertical direction.  Works on a few more
                         cards than method 1.
                         3: Same as 1 but  does  not  use  a  lookup  texture.
                         Might be faster on some cards.
                         4:  Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support
                         and a default strength of 0.5 (see  filter-strength).
                         5:  Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support
                         and a default strength of 0.5 (see  filter-strength).
                 cscale=<n>
                      Select  the  scaling  function  to  use  for chrominance
                      scaling.  For details see lscale.
                 filter-strength=<value>
                      Set the effect strength for  the  lscale/cscale  filters
                      that support it.
                 customprog=<filename>
                      Load  a  custom  fragment  program from <filename>.  See
                      TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
                 customtex=<filename>
                      Load a custom  "gamma  ramp"  texture  from  <filename>.
                      This  can  be used in combination with yuv=4 or with the
                      customprog option.
                 (no)customtlin
                      If  enabled  (default)  use   GL_LINEAR   interpolation,
                      otherwise use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
                 (no)customtrect
                      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.
                      Default is disabled.

              Normally there is no reason to use the following  options,  they
              mostly exist for testing purposes.

                 (no)glfinish
                      Call  glFinish() before swapping buffers.  Slower but in
                      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
                 (no)manyfmts
                      Enables support for more (RGB  and  BGR)  color  formats
                      (default: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
                 slice-height=<0-...>
                      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default:
                      0).  0 for whole image.
                      NOTE: If YUV colorspace is  used  (see  yuv  suboption),
                      special rules apply:
                         If  the decoder uses slice rendering (see -noslices),
                         this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
                         provided by the decoder is used.
                         If  the  decoder  does  not  use slice rendering, the
                         default is 16.
                 (no)osd
                      Enable or disable support for OSD rendering  via  OpenGL
                      (default:  enabled).   This  option  is  for testing; to
                      disable the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
                 (no)aspect
                      Enable  or  disable  aspect  scaling  and   pan-and-scan
                      support  (default:  enabled).   Disabling might increase
                      speed.

       gl2
              Variant of the OpenGL  video  output  driver.   Supports  videos
              larger  than  the  maximum  texture  size  but lacks many of the
              advanced features and optimizations of  the  gl  driver  and  is
              unlikely to be extended further.
                 (no)glfinish
                      same as gl (default: enabled)
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select  the  type  of  YUV to RGB conversion.  If set to
                      anything except 0 OSD will be disabled  and  brightness,
                      contrast  and  gamma  setting  is only available via the
                      global X server settings.  Apart from  this  the  values
                      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       null
              Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
              ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.  You
              can get a list and an explanation  of  available  suboptions  by
              executing ’mplayer -vo aa:help’.
              NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
              HINT:  You  probably  have  to specify -monitorpixelaspect.  Try
              ’mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5’.

       caca
              Color ASCII art  video  output  driver  that  works  on  a  text
              console.

       bl
              Video  playback  using  the  Blinkenlights  UDP  protocol.  This
              driver is highly hardware specific.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver  to
                      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
                      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.    You   must    specify    a
                      subdevice.

       ggi
              GGI graphics system video output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  GGI driver to use.  Replace any
                      ’,’ that would appear in the driver string by a ’.’.

       directfb
              Play video using the DirectFB library.
                 (no)input
                      Use the DirectFB instead of the  MPlayer  keyboard  code
                      (default: enabled).
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      Double  and  triple  buffering  give best results if you
                      want to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is  more
                      efficient  than  double  buffering  as it does not block
                      MPlayer while waiting for the vertical retrace.   Single
                      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
                      disabled).  Valid values are top  =  top  fields  first,
                      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
                      any effect on progressive film material like  most  MPEG
                      movies  are.  You need to enable this option if you have
                      tearing issues or unsmooth motions  watching  interlaced
                      film material.
                 layer=N
                      Will  force  layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 -
                      auto).
                 dfbopts=<list>
                      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
              Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
              DirectFB  library  to  make  use  of  special hardware features.
              Enables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video  independently  of
              the first head.
                 (no)input
                      same as directfb (default: disabled)
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      same as directfb (default: triple)
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      same as directfb
                 (no)bes
                      Enable  the  use  of  the  Matrox  BES  (backend scaler)
                      (default: disabled).  Gives very good results concerning
                      speed   and   output  quality  as  interpolated  picture
                      processing is done  in  hardware.   Works  only  on  the
                      primary head.
                 (no)spic
                      Make  use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the
                      OSD (default: enabled).
                 (no)crtc2
                      Turn on TV-out on the second  head  (default:  enabled).
                      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
                      picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
                 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
                      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
                      for   modifying   /etc/directfbrc  (default:  disabled).
                      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is
                      auto  (auto-adjust  using  PAL/NTSC)  because it decides
                      which norm to use by looking at  the  framerate  of  the
                      movie.

       mga (Linux only)
              Matrox  specific  video  output driver that makes use of the YUV
              back end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.   If  you
              have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly   choose   the  Matrox  device  name  to  use
                      (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
              The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  Matrox  device  name   to   use
                      (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -vf yuv2 and -dr)
              S3 Virge specific video output driver.  This driver supports the
              card’s YUV conversion and scaling, double buffering  and  direct
              rendering  features.   Use  -vf yuy2 to get hardware-accelerated
              YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on this card.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
              Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific   video  output  driver  that  directly  uses  the
              hardware on top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
              This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver to play movies
              with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with
              the tdfx_vid kernel module.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/
                      tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
              Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder  chip  (Creative  DXR3,  Sigma
              Designs  Hollywood Plus) specific video output driver.  Also see
              the lavc video filter.
                 overlay
                      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
                 prebuf
                      Turns on prebuffering.
                 sync
                      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
                 norm=<norm>
                      Specifies the TV norm.
                         0: Does not change current norm (default).
                         1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
                         2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
                         3: PAL
                         4: PAL-60
                         5: NTSC
                 <0-3>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              Conexant  CX23415  (iCompression  iTVC15)  or  Conexant  CX23416
              (iCompression  iTVC16)  MPEG  decoder  chip   (Hauppauge   WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500)  specific  video  output driver for TV-out.
              Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device  name  to  use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly  choose  the TV-out output to be used for the
                      video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Video output driver  for  V4L2  compliant  cards  with  built-in
              hardware MPEG decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  MPEG decoder device name to use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used  for  the
                      video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Video  output  driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one  DVB  output card (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series
                      drivers).  If not  specified  MPlayer  will  search  the
                      first usable card.
                 <filename>
                      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
              Video  output  driver  for  a  number  of MJPEG capture/playback
              cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
              Video output driver  for  a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback
              cards, second generation.
                 dev=<device>
                      Specifies the video device to use.
                 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
                      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
                 (no)prebuf
                      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
              Calculate  MD5  sums  of  each  frame  and write them to a file.
              Supports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
                 outfile=<value>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
              Transforms the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed  YUV
              4:2:0  images  and  stores it in a file (default: ./stream.yuv).
              The format is the same as the one  employed  by  mjpegtools,  so
              this  is  useful  if  you  want  to  process  the video with the
              mjpegtools suite.  It supports the YV12, RGB (24  bpp)  and  BGR
              (24  bpp)  format.  You can combine it with the -fixed-vo option
              to concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps value.
                 interlaced
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field  first.
                 interlaced_bf
                      Write  the  output  as  interlaced  frames, bottom field
                      first.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the output to <filename> instead  of  the  default
                      stream.yuv.

              NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive
              (i.e. not interlaced).

       gif89a
              Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current
              directory.   It  supports  only  RGB  format with 24 bpp and the
              output is converted to 256 colors.
                 <fps>
                      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
                 <output>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

              NOTE: You must specify the framerate before the filename or  the
              framerate will be part of the filename.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
              Output  each  frame  into  a JPEG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.
                 [no]progressive
                      Specify   standard   or   progressive   JPEG   (default:
                      noprogressive).
                 [no]baseline
                      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
                 optimize=<0-100>
                      optimization factor (default: 100)
                 smooth=<0-100>
                      smooth factor (default: 0)
                 quality=<0-100>
                      quality factor (default: 75)
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify  the  directory  to  save  the  JPEG  files   to
                      (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per  subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       pnm
              Output  each  frame  into  a  PNM file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.   It  supports  PPM,  PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and
              ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
                 ppm
                      Write PPM files (default).
                 pgm
                      Write PGM files.
                 pgmyuv
                      Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like  PGM,  but  it  also
                      contains  the  U  and V plane, appended at the bottom of
                      the picture.
                 raw
                      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
                 ascii
                      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default:
                      ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per  subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       png
              Output  each  frame  into  a  PNG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
                 z=<0-9>
                      Specifies the compression level.  0 is no compression, 9
                      is maximum compression.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNG files to (default:
                      ./).
                 alpha
                      Create  PNG  files  with  an  alpha  channel.  Note that
                      MPlayer in general does not support alpha, so this  will
                      only be useful in some rare cases.

       tga
              Output  each  frame  into a Targa file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.   The  purpose  of  this  video output driver is to have a
              simple  lossless  image  writer  to  use  without  any  external
              library.   It  supports the BGR[A] color format, with 15, 24 and
              32 bpp.  You can force a particular format with the format video
              filter.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS

       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
              their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a  ’-’  before  the  codec
              name  to  omit it.  Use a ’+’ before the codec name to force it,
              this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ’,’  MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ac mp3acm
                      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
                 -ac mad,
                      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
                 -ac hwac3,a52,
                      Try  hardware  AC-3  passthrough,  software  AC-3,  then
                      others.
                 -ac hwdts,
                      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on  others.
                 -ac -ffmp3,
                      Skip FFmpeg’s MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
              Specify advanced audio filter options:

                 force=<0-7>
                      Forces  the  insertion  of  audio  filters to one of the
                      following:
                         0: Use completely automatic filter insertion.
                         1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
                         2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the
                         audio  filters  may  silently  fail,  and  the  sound
                         quality may drop.
                         3: Use no  automatic  insertion  of  filters  and  no
                         optimization.   Warning:  It may be possible to crash
                         MPlayer using this setting.
                         4: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  0
                         above,   but   use  floating  point  processing  when
                         possible.
                         5: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  1
                         above,   but   use  floating  point  processing  when
                         possible.
                         6: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  2
                         above,   but   use  floating  point  processing  when
                         possible.
                         7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to
                         3  above,  and  use  floating  point  processing when
                         possible.

                 list=<filters>
                      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of audio  codec  families  to  be  used,
              according to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the
              default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -afm ffmpeg
                      Try FFmpeg’s libavcodec codecs first.
                 -afm acm,dshow
                      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
              Override  movie  aspect  ratio,  in  case  aspect information is
              incorrect or missing in the file being played.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
                 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
              Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
              Set  first   field   for   interlaced   content.    Useful   for
              deinterlacers  that  double  the  framerate:  -vf tfields=1, -vf
              yadif=1, -vo vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
                 -1   auto (default): If  the  decoder  does  not  export  the
                      appropriate  information,  it falls back to 0 (top field
                      first).
                 0    top field first
                 1    bottom field first

       -flip
              Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
              Specify  libavcodec  decoding  parameters.   Separate   multiple
              options with a colon.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

              Available options are:

                 bitexact
                      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
                      codec testing).

                 bug=<value>
                      Manually work around encoder bugs.
                         0: nothing
                         1: autodetect bugs (default)
                         2 (msmpeg4v3):  some  old  lavc  generated  msmpeg4v3
                         files (no autodetection)
                         4  (mpeg4):  Xvid  interlacing  bug  (autodetected if
                         fourcc==XVIX)
                         8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
                         16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
                         32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
                         64  (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)
                         128 (mpeg4):  old  standard  qpel  (autodetected  per
                         fourcc/version)
                         256  (mpeg4):  another  qpel  bug  (autodetected  per
                         fourcc/version)
                         512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug  (autodetected
                         per fourcc/version)
                         1024  (mpeg4):  edge  padding  bug  (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)

                 debug=<value>
                      Display debugging information.
                         0: disabled
                         1: picture info
                         2: rate control
                         4: bitstream
                         8: macroblock (MB) type
                         16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
                         32: motion vector
                         0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
                         0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
                         0x0100: startcode
                         0x0200: PTS
                         0x0400: error resilience
                         0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
                         0x1000: bugs
                         0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP),  lower
                         QP are tinted greener.
                         0x4000: Visualize block types.

                 ec=<value>
                      Set error concealment strategy.
                         1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
                         2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
                         3: all (default)

                 er=<value>
                      Set error resilience strategy.
                         0: disabled
                         1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
                         2:  normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
                         3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause  problems
                         even for valid bitstreams.)
                         4: very aggressive

                 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
                      Enable   optimizations   which  do  not  comply  to  the
                      specification and might potentially cause problems, like
                      simpler  dequantization,  simpler  motion  compensation,
                      assuming  use  of  the  default   quantization   matrix,
                      assuming  YUV  4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect
                      damaged bitstreams.

                 gray
                      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

                 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
                      For best decoding quality use the  same  IDCT  algorithm
                      for  decoding and encoding.  This may come at a price in
                      accuracy, though.

                 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
                      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is
                      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
                      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of
                      not decoding at full resolution.
                         0: disabled
                         1: 1/2 resolution
                         2: 1/4 resolution
                         3: 1/8 resolution
                      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if
                      the width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.
                 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]   Pass   AVOptions   to
                 libavcodec  decoder.   Note,  a patch to make the o= unneeded
                 and pass all unknown options through the AVOption  system  is
                 welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg
                 manual.  Note that some options may  conflict  with  MEncoder
                 options.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           o=debug=pict

                 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip  the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

                 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

                 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
                      Skips the loop  filter  (AKA  deblocking)  during  H.264
                      decoding.   Since  the  filtered frame is supposed to be
                      used as reference for decoding dependent frames this has
                      a  worse  effect on quality than not doing deblocking on
                      e.g. MPEG-2 video.  But at least for high  bitrate  HDTV
                      this  provides  a  big  speedup  with no visible quality
                      loss.

                      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
                         none: Never skip.
                         default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g.  0  size
                         packets in AVI).
                         nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
                         used for decoding  other  frames,  the  error  cannot
                         "build up").
                         bidir: Skip B-Frames.
                         nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
                         all: Skip all frames.

                 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
                      Skips  the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of in
                      almost all cases (see skiploopfilter for available  skip
                      values).

                 skipframe=<skipvalue>
                      Skips  decoding  of frames completely.  Big speedup, but
                      jerky  motion   and   sometimes   bad   artifacts   (see
                      skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
                      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

                 vismv=<value>
                      Visualize motion vectors.
                         0: disabled
                         1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
                         2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
                         4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

                 vstats
                      Prints    some    statistics    and   stores   them   in
                      ./vstats_*.log.

       -noslices
              Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height  slices/bands,  instead
              draws the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower,
              depending on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
              with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
              Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
              Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use
              -vc null -vo null instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
              Set the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer  usable
              with  -vf  pp.   It  only  works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with
              internal postprocessing routines.  The valid range of -pp values
              varies  by  codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/
              best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
              Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
              usage.

       -ssf <mode>
              Specifies software scaler parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
                 lgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (luma)
                 cgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
                 ls=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (luma)
                 cs=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (chroma)
                 chs=<h>
                      chroma horizontal shifting
                 cvs=<v>
                      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
              Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
                 0    stereo
                 1    left channel
                 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
              Specify  the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom
              option.  This affects video output drivers which  lack  hardware
              acceleration, e.g. x11.

              Available types are:

                 0    fast bilinear
                 1    bilinear
                 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
                 3    experimental
                 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
                 5    area
                 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
                 7    gauss
                 8    sincR
                 9    lanczos
                 10   natural bicubic spline

              NOTE:  Some  -sws  options  are tunable.  The description of the
              scale video filter has further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
              their  codec  name  in  codecs.conf.  Use a ’-’ before the codec
              name to omit it.  Use a ’+’ before the codec name to  force  it,
              this  will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ’,’ MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vc divx
                      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
                 -vc -divxds,-divx,
                      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
                 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
                      Try libavcodec’s MPEG-1/2  codec,  then  libmpeg2,  then
                      others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify  a  priority  list  of  video codec families to be used,
              according to their names in  codecs.conf.   Falls  back  on  the
              default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
                      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and
                      fall back on others, if they do not work.
                 -vfm xanim
                      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale  image  to  width  <x>  (if  software/hardware  scaling is
              available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
              Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
              NOTE: Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might want to use
              the  libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm
              ffmpeg) instead.

              Xvid’s internal postprocessing filters:
                 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deblock filter
                 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deblock filter
                 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deringing filter
                 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deringing filter
                 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
                      Adds artificial film grain to the video.   May  increase
                      perceived quality, while lowering true quality.

              rendering methods:
                 dr2
                      Activate direct rendering method 2.
                 nodr2
                      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
                 value<=8
                      Scale image by factor <value>.
                 value>8
                      Set  width to value and calculate height to keep correct
                      aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to  height  <y>  (if  software/hardware  scaling  is
              available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -zoom
              Allow  software  scaling,  where  available.   This  will  allow
              scaling with output  drivers  (like  x11,  fbdev)  that  do  not
              support  hardware  scaling  where  MPlayer  disables  scaling by
              default for performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS

       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start
              at  0,  negative  numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the
              last).

       -af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you
              have  a  fixed  frequency sound card or if you are stuck with an
              old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter
              is  automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports 16-bit
              integer and float in native-endian format as input.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this
                      parameter  is  8000  to 192000.  If the input and output
                      sample frequency are the same or if  this  parameter  is
                      omitted  the  filter  is automatically unloaded.  A high
                      sample frequency normally improves  the  audio  quality,
                      especially  when used in combination with other filters.
                 <sloppy>
                      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ
                      slightly  from  the frequency given by <srate> (default:
                      1).  Can be used if  the  startup  of  the  playback  is
                      extremely slow.
                 <type>
                      Selects which resampling method to use.
                         0:   linear   interpolation   (fast,   poor   quality
                         especially when upsampling)
                         1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
                         2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
                         (slow, best quality)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
                      would set the output frequency of the resample filter to
                      44100Hz using exact output frequency scaling and  linear
                      interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
              Changes  the  sample  rate  of  the  audio  stream to an integer
              <srate> in  Hz.   It  only  supports  the  16-bit  native-endian
              format.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      the output sample rate
                 <length>
                      length  of the filter with respect to the lower sampling
                      rate (default: 16)
                 <linear>
                      if 1 then filters will be linearly interpolated  between
                      polyphase entries
                 <count>
                      log2  of the number of polyphase entries (..., 10->1024,
                      11->2048, 12->4096, ...)  (default: 10->1024)
                 <cutoff>
                      cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set  depending  upon
                      filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
              Encode  multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec.
              Supports 16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6  channels.
              The  output  is  big-endian  when  outputting a raw AC-3 stream,
              native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF.  The output sample rate
              of  this  filter is same with the input sample rate.  When input
              sample rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz,  this  filter  directly
              use  it.   Otherwise a resampling filter is auto-inserted before
              this filter to make the input and output sample rate  be  48kHz.
              You  need  to  specify  ’-channels N’ to make the decoder decode
              audio into N-channel, then the filter can encode  the  N-channel
              input to AC-3.
                 <tospdif>
                      Output  raw  AC-3  stream  if zero or not set, output to
                      S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
                 <bitrate>
                      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either
                      384  or  384000  to get 384kbits.  Valid values: 32, 40,
                      48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
                                    320,  384,  448,  512,  576,  640  Default
                      bitrate  is  based on the input channel number: 1ch: 96,
                      2ch: 192,  3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
                 <minchn>
                      If the input channel number is less than  <minchn>,  the
                      filter will detach itself (default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
              Produces a sine sweep.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      Sine  function  delta,  use  very low values to hear the
                      sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
              Remove a sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid  of
              the  50/60Hz  noise on low quality audio equipment.  It probably
              only works on mono input.
                 <freq>
                      The frequency of the sine which should  be  removed  (in
                      Hz) (default: 50)
                 <decay>
                      Controls  the  adaptivity  (a larger value will make the
                      filter adapt to amplitude and phase changes  quicker,  a
                      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
                      0.0001).  Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       hrtf[=flag]
              Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
              channel  output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the
              sound.

              Flag  Meaning
              m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
              s     2-channel matrix decoding
              0     no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
              10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR  band
              pass  filters.  This means that it works regardless of what type
              of audio is being played back.  The center frequencies  for  the
              10 bands are:

              No. frequency
              0    31.25 Hz
              1    62.50 Hz
              2   125.00 Hz
              3   250.00 Hz
              4   500.00 Hz
              5    1.00 kHz
              6    2.00 kHz
              7    4.00 kHz
              8    8.00 kHz
              9   16.00 kHz

              If  the  sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the
              center frequency for a frequency band, then that  band  will  be
              disabled.    A   known   bug   with  this  filter  is  that  the
              characteristics  for  the  uppermost  band  are  not  completely
              symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center frequency of
              that band.  This problem can be worked around by upsampling  the
              sound using the resample filter before it reaches this filter.
                 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                      floating  point  numbers representing the gain in dB for
                      each frequency band (-12-12)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency
                      region while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
              Can be used for adding,  removing,  routing  and  copying  audio
              channels.   If  only <nch> is given the default routing is used,
              it works as follows: If the number of output channels is  bigger
              than  the  number  of input channels empty channels are inserted
              (except mixing from mono to stereo, then  the  mono  channel  is
              repeated  in  both  of  the  output channels).  If the number of
              output channels is smaller than the number of input channels the
              exceeding channels are truncated.
                 <nch>
                      number of output channels (1-6)
                 <nr>
                      number of routes (1-6)
                 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
                      Pairs  of  numbers  between 0 and 5 that define where to
                      route each channel.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
                      Would change the number of channels to 4 and  set  up  4
                      routes  that  swap  channel  0  and  channel 1 and leave
                      channel  2  and  3  intact.   Observe  that   if   media
                      containing  two channels was played back, channels 2 and
                      3 would contain silence but  0  and  1  would  still  be
                      swapped.
                 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
                      Would  change  the  number of channels to 6 and set up 4
                      routes that copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.   Channel
                      4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
              Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled
              when needed by the sound card or another filter.
                 <format>
                      Sets the desired format.  The  general  form  is  ’sbe’,
                      where ’s’ denotes the sign (either ’s’ for signed or ’u’
                      for unsigned), ’b’ denotes the number of bits per sample
                      (16,  24  or  32)  and  ’e’ denotes the endianness (’le’
                      means  little-endian,  ’be’  big-endian  and  ’ne’   the
                      endianness  of  the  computer  MPlayer  is  running on).
                      Valid values (amongst others) are: ’s16le’, ’u32be’  and
                      ’u24ne’.   Exceptions  to  this rule that are also valid
                      format specifiers: u8, s8,  floatle,  floatbe,  floatne,
                      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
              Implements  software  volume  control.   Use  this  filter  with
              caution since it can reduce the signal to  noise  ratio  of  the
              sound.   In  most  cases it is best to set the level for the PCM
              sound to max, leave this filter out and control the output level
              to  your  speakers  with the master volume control of the mixer.
              In case your sound card has a digital PCM mixer  instead  of  an
              analog  one,  and  you  hear  distortion,  use  the MASTER mixer
              instead.  If there is an external  amplifier  connected  to  the
              computer  (this  is almost always the case), the noise level can
              be minimized by adjusting the master level and the  volume  knob
              on  the  amplifier  until the hissing noise in the background is
              gone.
              This filter has  a  second  feature:  It  measures  the  overall
              maximum  sound  level  and  prints  out  that level when MPlayer
              exits.  This volume estimate can be used for setting  the  sound
              level  in  MEncoder  such  that  the  maximum  dynamic  range is
              utilized.
              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and  can  therefore  only  be
              enabled once for every audio stream.
                 <v>
                      Sets  the  desired  gain  in  dB for all channels in the
                      stream from -200dB to  +60dB,  where  -200dB  mutes  the
                      sound  completely  and  +60dB  equals  a  gain  of  1000
                      (default: 0).
                 <sc>
                      Turns soft clipping on (1) or  off  (0).   Soft-clipping
                      can  make  the  sound  more  smooth  if very high volume
                      levels are used.  Enable  this  option  if  the  dynamic
                      range of the loudspeakers is very low.
                      WARNING:  This  feature creates distortion and should be
                      considered a last resort.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip  if  the
                      sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
              Mixes  channels  arbitrarily.   Basically  a  combination of the
              volume and the channels filter that can be used to down-mix many
              channels  to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width"
              of the center speaker in a surround sound system.   This  filter
              is  hard  to  use,  and  will  require some tinkering before the
              desired result is obtained.  The  number  of  options  for  this
              filter depends on the number of output channels.  An example how
              to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with  this  filter
              can be found in the examples section near the end.
                 <n>
                      number of output channels (1-6)
                 <Lij>
                      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel
                      j (0-1).  So in  principle  you  first  have  n  numbers
                      saying  what  to do with the first input channel, then n
                      numbers that act on the second input  channel  etc.   If
                      you  do not specify any numbers for some input channels,
                      0 is assumed.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
                      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
                 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
                      Would give 3 channel output leaving  channels  0  and  1
                      intact,  and  mix channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2
                      (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
              Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.   The  audio  data
              used  for  creating  the  subwoofer channel is an average of the
              sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound  is  then
              low-pass  filtered  by  a  4th  order  Butterworth filter with a
              default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a separate channel
              in the audio stream.
              Warning:  Disable  this  filter  when  you are playing DVDs with
              Dolby Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this filter will disrupt  the
              sound to the subwoofer.
                 <fc>
                      cutoff  frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to
                      300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best result  try  setting
                      the  cutoff  frequency  as  low  as possible.  This will
                      improve the stereo or surround sound experience.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in  which  to  insert  the
                      sub-channel  audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and
                      5 (default: 5).  Observe that  the  number  of  channels
                      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
                      Would  add  a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency
                      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
              Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently
              be  low  quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for
              proper extraction yet, but  averages  and  halves  the  channels
              instead.
                 <ch>
                      Determines  the  channel  number  in which to insert the
                      center channel.  Channel number can be between 0  and  5
                      (default:  5).  Observe that the number of channels will
                      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
              Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like  Dolby  Surround.
              Many  files  with  2  channel  audio  actually  contain matrixed
              surround sound.  Requires a sound card  supporting  at  least  4
              channels.
                 <delay>
                      delay  time  in  ms  for  the  rear speakers (0 to 1000)
                      (default: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1
                      is the distance from the listening position to the front
                      speakers and d2  is  the  distance  from  the  listening
                      position  to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
                      set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2)  if  d1  >
                      d2.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
                      Would  add  surround  sound decoding with 15ms delay for
                      the sound to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
              Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that  the  sound  from
              the   different  channels  arrives  at  the  listening  position
              simultaneously.  It is only useful  if  you  have  more  than  2
              loudspeakers.
                 ch1,ch2,...
                      The  delay  in ms that should be imposed on each channel
                      (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as
              follows:

              1. Measure  the  distance  to  the  loudspeakers  in  meters  in
                 relation to your listening position, giving you the distances
                 s1  to  s5  (for  a  5.1  system).   There  is  no  point  in
                 compensating  for  the  subwoofer  (you  will  not  hear  the
                 difference anyway).

              2. Subtract  the  distances  s1 to s5 from the maximum distance,
                 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] =  1000*s[i]/342;
                 i = 1...5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
                      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
                      channels and the sub by 0ms and the  center  channel  by
                      7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
              Exports  the  incoming  signal  to  other processes using memory
              mapping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

              int nch                      /*number of channels*/
              int size                     /*buffer size*/
              unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
                                             time new data is exported.*/

              The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
                 <mmapped_file>
                      file  to  map  data  to  (default:   ~/.mplayer/mplayer-
                      af_export)
                 <nsamples>
                      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
                      Would  export 1024 samples per channel to ’/tmp/mplayer-
                      af_export’.

       extrastereo[=mul]
              (Linearly) increases  the  difference  between  left  and  right
              channels which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
                 <mul>
                      Sets  the  difference  coefficient  (default: 2.5).  0.0
                      means mono sound (average of both  channels),  with  1.0
                      sound  will  be  unchanged,  with  -1.0  left  and right
                      channels will be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
              Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
                 <method>
                      Sets the used method.
                         1: Use a single sample to smooth the  variations  via
                         the   standard   weighted   mean  over  past  samples
                         (default).
                         2: Use several samples to smooth the  variations  via
                         the standard weighted mean over past samples.

                 <target>
                      Sets  the  target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum
                      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
              Load a  LADSPA  (Linux  Audio  Developer’s  Simple  Plugin  API)
              plugin.   This  filter  is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins
              can be used at once.
                 <file>
                      Specifies  the   LADSPA   plugin   library   file.    If
                      LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.
                      If it is not set, you  must  supply  a  fully  specified
                      pathname.
                 <label>
                      Specifies the filter within the library.  Some libraries
                      contain only one filter,  but  others  contain  many  of
                      them.   Entering  ’help’  here,  will list all available
                      filters within the specified library,  which  eliminates
                      the use of ’listplugins’ from the LADSPA SDK.
                 <controls>
                      Controls  are  zero  or  more floating point values that
                      determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example
                      delay,  threshold  or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to
                      the MPlayer command line), all  available  controls  and
                      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
                      of ’analyseplugin’ from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
              Compressor/expander  filter   usable   for   microphone   input.
              Prevents  artifacts  on very loud sound and raises the volume on
              very low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
              Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter
              is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
              Simple  voice  removal  filter exploiting the fact that voice is
              usually recorded with mono gear and later  ’center’  mixed  onto
              the  final audio stream.  Beware that this filter will turn your
              signal into mono.  Works well  for  2  channel  tracks;  do  not
              bother trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales  audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to
              playback speed (default).
              This works by playing ´stride´ ms of audio at normal speed  then
              consuming  ´stride*scale´  ms  of  input  audio.   It pieces the
              strides together by blending ´overlap´%  of  stride  with  audio
              following  the  previous stride.  It optionally performs a short
              statistical analysis  on  the  next  ´search´  ms  of  audio  to
              determine the best overlap position.
                 scale=<amount>
                      Nominal  amount  to  scale tempo.  Scales this amount in
                      addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
                 stride=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to output each stride.  Too  high
                      of  value  will  cause  noticable  skips  at  high scale
                      amounts and an echo at  low  scale  amounts.   Very  low
                      values    will   alter   pitch.    Increasing   improves
                      performance.  (default: 60)
                 overlap=<percent>
                      Percentage of stride to  overlap.   Decreasing  improves
                      performance.  (default: .20)
                 search=<amount>
                      Length  in  milliseconds  to  search  for  best  overlap
                      position.  Decreasing improves performance greatly.   On
                      slow  systems,  you  will probably want to set this very
                      low.  (default: 14)
                 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                      Set response to speed change.
                         tempo
                              Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
                         pitch
                              Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch without
                              altering     tempo.      Add    ´[    speed_mult
                              0.9438743126816935´    and     ´]     speed_mult
                              1.059463094352953´ to your input.conf to step by
                              musical semi-tones.  WARNING:  Loses  sync  with
                              video.
                         both Scale both tempo and pitch.
                         none Ignore speed changes.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal pitch.  Changing  playback  speed,  would  change
                      audio tempo to match.
                 mplayer   -af   scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none   -speed  1.2
                 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal pitch, but changing playback speed has no  effect
                      on audio tempo.
                 mplayer     -af    scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10
                 media.ogg
                      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
                 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
                      Would  make  scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on
                      some platforms.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                      Would playback audio file at  1.2x  normal  speed,  with
                      audio  at  normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would
                      change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       stats
              Collects  and  prints  statistics  about   the   audio   stream,
              especially the volume.  These statistics are especially intended
              to help adjusting  the  volume  while  avoiding  clipping.   The
              volumes  are  printed in dB and compatible with the volume audio
              filter.

VIDEO FILTERS

       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many  parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To
       explicitly use a default value set a parameter to ’-1’.  Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
              at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list  (-1  is  the
              last).

       -vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With  filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and  parameter  value  ranges  for  a
              particular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets  a  named  parameter to the given value.  Use on and off or
              yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest.  Useful
              to remove black bands from widescreen movies.
                 <w>,<h>
                      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and
                      height.
                 <x>,<y>
                      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round]
              Calculates  necessary  cropping  parameters   and   prints   the
              recommended parameters to stdout.
                 <limit>
                      Threshold,   which  can  be  optionally  specified  from
                      nothing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
                 <round>
                      Value which the  width/height  should  be  divisible  by
                      (default:  16).  The offset is automatically adjusted to
                      center the video.  Use 2 to  get  only  even  dimensions
                      (needed  for  4:2:2 video).  16 is best when encoding to
                      most video codecs.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
              Draws a rectangle of the  requested  width  and  height  at  the
              specified   coordinates   over  the  image  and  prints  current
              rectangle parameters to the console.  This can be used  to  find
              optimal   cropping  parameters.   If  you  bind  the  input.conf
              directive ’change_rectangle’ to keystrokes,  you  can  move  and
              resize the rectangle on the fly.
                 <w>,<h>
                      width  and  height  (default: -1, maximum possible width
                      where boundaries are still visible.)
                 <x>,<y>
                      top  left  corner  position  (default:   -1,   uppermost
                      leftmost)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
              Expands  (not  scales)  movie  resolution to the given value and
              places the unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can  be  used
              for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

                 <w>,<h>
                      Expanded  width,height (default: original width,height).
                      Negative values for w and h are treated  as  offsets  to
                      the original size.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=0:-50:0:0
                                  Adds  a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the
                                  picture.

                 <x>,<y>
                      position  of  original  image  on  the  expanded   image
                      (default: center)

                 <o>
                      OSD/subtitle rendering
                         0: disable (default)
                         1: enable

                 <a>
                      Expands  to  fit  an  aspect  instead  of  a  resolution
                      (default: 0).

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=800:::::4/3
                                  Expands to 800x600,  unless  the  source  is
                                  higher  resolution, in which case it expands
                                  to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
              Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
              Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
              Rotates  the  image  by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For
              values between 4-7 rotation is only done if the  movie  geometry
              is portrait and not landscape.

                 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

                 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

                 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

                 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:ilaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
              Scales  the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a
              YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

                 <w>,<h>
                      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
                      NOTE:  If  -zoom  is  used,   and   underlying   filters
                      (including  libvo) are incapable of scaling, it defaults
                      to d_width/d_height!
                          0:   scaled d_width/d_height
                         -1:   original width/height
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         prescaled aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original aspect ratio.
                         -(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension  to
                         the closest multiple of 16.

                 <ilaced>
                      Toggle interlaced scaling.
                         0: off (default)
                         1: on

                 <chr_drop>
                      chroma skipping
                         0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
                         1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
                         2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
                         3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

                 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
                      Set  some  scaling  parameters  depending on the type of
                      scaler selected with -sws.
                         -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                         0.00:0.60 default
                         0.00:0.75 VirtualDub’s "precise bicubic"
                         0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                         0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                         1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
                         -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
                         -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                 <presize>
                      Scale to preset sizes.
                         qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
                         qpal:    352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
                         ntsc:    720x480 (standard NTSC)
                         pal:     720x576 (standard PAL)
                         sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
                         spal:    768x576 (square pixel PAL)

                 <noup>
                      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
                         0: Allow upscaling (default).
                         1:  Disallow  upscaling  if one dimension exceeds its
                         original value.
                         2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
                         original values.

                 <arnd>
                      Accurate  rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be
                      faster or slower than the default rounding.
                         0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
                         1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an  arbitrary  point
              in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or
              floating point number (1.33).  Alternatively,  you  may  specify
              the  exact  display  width  and  height desired.  Note that this
              filter does not do any scaling  itself;  it  just  affects  what
              later  scalers  (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling
              to correct aspect.

                 <w>,<h>
                      New display width and height.  Can also be these special
                      values:
                          0:   original display width and height
                         -1:   original video width and height (default)
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original display aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original video aspect ratio.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:-2
                                  Specifies  a  display  resolution of 800x600
                                  for a 4/3 aspect video,  or  800x450  for  a
                                  16/9 aspect video.
                 <aspect-method>
                      Modifies  width  and height according to original aspect
                      ratios.
                         -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
                          0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         maximum resolution.
                          1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.
                          2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and  <h>  as
                         maximum resolution.
                          3:  Keep  video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:600:0
                                  Specifies a display resolution  of  at  most
                                  800x600,   or  smaller,  in  order  to  keep
                                  aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       yuy2
              Forces  software  YV12/I420/422P to YUY2 conversion.  Useful for
              video cards/drivers with slow YV12 but fast YUY2 support.

       yvu9
              Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.   Deprecated
              in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
              Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
              conversion.

       rgb2bgr[=swap]
              RGB 24/32 <-> BGR 24/32 colorspace conversion.
                 swap
                      Also perform  R <-> B swapping.

       palette
              RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc]
              Restricts  the  colorspace for the next filter without doing any
              conversion.  Use together with  the  scale  filter  for  a  real
              conversion.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)

       noformat[=fourcc]
              Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any
              conversion.   Unlike  the  format  filter,  this  will allow any
              colorspace except the one you specify.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
              Enables   the  specified  chain  of  postprocessing  subfilters.
              Subfilters must be separated by  ’/’  and  can  be  disabled  by
              prepending  a ’-’.  Each subfilter and some options have a short
              and a long name that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering
              are  the same.  All subfilters share common options to determine
              their scope:
                 a/autoq
                      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too
                      slow.
                 c/chrom
                      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
                 y/nochrom
                      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
                 n/noluma
                      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

              NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

              Available subfilters are

                 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 The  horizontal  and  vertical  deblocking  filters share the
                 difference and flatness values so you  cannot  set  different
                 horizontal and vertical thresholds.

                 h1/x1hdeblock
                      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

                 v1/x1vdeblock
                      experimental vertical deblocking filter

                 dr/dering
                      deringing filter

                 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
                      temporal noise reducer
                         <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

                 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
                      automatic brightness / contrast correction
                         f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

                 lb/linblenddeint
                      Linear  blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
                      given block by filtering  all  lines  with  a  (1  2  1)
                      filter.

                 li/linipoldeint
                      Linear    interpolating    deinterlacing   filter   that
                      deinterlaces the given block by  linearly  interpolating
                      every second line.

                 ci/cubicipoldeint
                      Cubic  interpolating  deinterlacing  filter deinterlaces
                      the given block by cubically interpolating every  second
                      line.

                 md/mediandeint
                      Median  deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
                      block by applying a median filter to every second  line.

                 fd/ffmpegdeint
                      FFmpeg  deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
                      block by filtering every second line with a (-1  4  2  4
                      -1) filter.

                 l5/lowpass5
                      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
                      deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with
                      a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

                 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
                      Overrides  the  quantizer  table from the input with the
                      constant quantizer you specify.
                         <quantizer>: quantizer to use

                 de/default
                      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

                 fa/fast
                      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

                 ac
                      high      quality      pp       filter       combination
                      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
                      horizontal   and   vertical  deblocking,  deringing  and
                      automatic brightness/contrast
                 -vf pp=de/-al
                      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
                 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
                      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
                 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
                      Horizontal deblocking  on  luminance  only,  and  switch
                      vertical deblocking on or off automatically depending on
                      available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
              Simple postprocessing filter that  compresses  and  decompresses
              the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)
              shifts and averages the results.

                 <quality>
                      0-6 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding (default)
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      4: like 0, but also use B-frames’ QP (may cause flicker)
                      5: like 1, but also use B-frames’ QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
              Ultra  simple  &  slow postprocessing filter that compresses and
              decompresses the image at several (or - in the case  of  quality
              level  8  -  all) shifts and averages the results.  The way this
              differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
              decodes  each  case  with  libavcodec  Snow,  whereas spp uses a
              simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

                 <quality>
                      0-8 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
                      video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
              faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

                 <quality>
                      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

                 <qp>
                      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

                 <-15-32>
                      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
                      more  artifacts,  while  higher  values  make  the image
                      smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR  optimal).

                 <bframes>
                      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
                      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
              Variant  of  the  spp  filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT
              where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
              quantization parameter (QP) change filter

                 <equation>
                      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
              generic equation change filter

                 <equation>
                      Some  equation,  e.g.   ’p(W-X\,Y)’  to  flip  the image
                      horizontally.   You  can  use  whitespace  to  make  the
                      equation more readable.  There are a couple of constants
                      that can be used in the equation:
                         PI: the number pi
                         E: the number e
                         X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
                         W / H: width and height of the image
                         SW  /  SH:  width/height  scale  depending   on   the
                         currently  filtered  plane,  e.g. 1,1 and 0.5,0.5 for
                         YUV 4:2:0.
                         p(x,y): returns the value of the  pixel  at  location
                         x/y of the current plane.

       test
              Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
              Generate  an  RGB  test  pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR
              issues.  You should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to
              bottom.

                 <width>
                      Desired  width of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      width of input image.

                 <height>
                      Desired height of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      height of input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
              Fast  software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use
              with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

                 <quality>
                      1-31: fixed qscale
                      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

                 <fps>
                      force output fps (float value) (default:  0,  autodetect
                      based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
              Set  up  optimal  scaling  for  DVB cards, scaling the x axis in
              hardware and calculating the y axis scaling in software to  keep
              aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

                 <aspect>
                      Control       aspect       ratio,      calculate      as
                      DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO (default: 576*4/3=768), set it to
                      576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
                      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
              Adds noise.
                 <0-100>
                      luma noise
                 <0-100>
                      chroma noise
                 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
                 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
                 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
                 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
                 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              This  filter  aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images
              and making  still  images  really  still  (This  should  enhance
              compressibility.).
                 <luma_spatial>
                      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
                 <chroma_spatial>
                      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
                 <luma_tmp>
                      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
                 <chroma_tmp>
                      chroma         temporal        strength        (default:
                      luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              High  precision/quality  version  of   the   denoise3d   filter.
              Parameters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
              Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
                 <depth>
                      Larger   depth   values  will  denoise  lower  frequency
                      components more, but slow down filtering (default: 8).
                 <luma_strength>
                      luma strength (default: 1.0)
                 <chroma_strength>
                      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
              Software equalizer  with  interactive  controls  just  like  the
              hardware  equalizer,  for  cards/drivers  that  do  not  support
              brightness and contrast controls in  hardware.   Might  also  be
              useful  with MEncoder, either for fixing poorly captured movies,
              or for slightly reducing contrast to mask artifacts and  get  by
              with lower bitrates.
                 <-100-100>
                      initial brightness
                 <-100-100>
                      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Alternative  software  equalizer  that  uses lookup tables (very
              slow),  allowing  gamma  correction  in   addition   to   simple
              brightness  and contrast adjustment.  Note that it uses the same
              MMX optimized code as -vf eq if all gamma values are  1.0.   The
              parameters are given as floating point values.
                 <0.1-10>
                      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
                 <-2-2>
                      initial  contrast,  where  negative  values  result in a
                      negative image (default: 1.0)
                 <-1-1>
                      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
                 <0-3>
                      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
                 <0-1>
                      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
                      a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them
                      from getting overamplified  and  just  plain  white.   A
                      value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down
                      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
              Software  equalizer  with  interactive  controls  just  like the
              hardware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do  not  support  hue
              and saturation controls in hardware.
                 <-180-180>
                      initial hue (default: 0.0)
                 <-100-100>
                      initial  saturation,  where  negative values result in a
                      negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
              Convert  planar  YUV  4:2:0   to   half-height   packed   4:2:2,
              downsampling  luma  but  keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for
              output  to  low-resolution   display   devices   when   hardware
              downscaling  is  poor  quality or is not available.  Can also be
              used as a primitive luma-only deinterlacer  with  very  low  CPU
              usage.
                 <f>
                      By  default,  halfpack  averages  pairs  of  lines  when
                      downsampling.  Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the
                      default (averaging) behavior.
                         0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
                         1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
              When  interlaced  video  is  stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma
              interlacing  does  not  line  up  properly   due   to   vertical
              downsampling  of  the  chroma  channels.   This filter packs the
              planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines
              in  their  proper  locations, so that in any given scanline, the
              luma and chroma data both come from the same field.
                 <mode>
                      Select the sampling mode.
                         0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
                         1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
              Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it
              will  force  duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This
              uses slightly more space, but is necessary for  output  to  MPEG
              files  or  if you plan to demux and remux the video stream after
              encoding.  Should be placed at or near the  end  of  the  filter
              chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
              Only  useful  with  MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping
              (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
              point  during  the filter chain.  This allows filters which need
              to see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal  denoising,  etc.)
              to  function properly.  Should be placed after the filters which
              need to see all frames and before any  subsequent  filters  that
              are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
              Drops  frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame
              in order to reduce framerate.  The main use of  this  filter  is
              for   very-low-bitrate  encoding  (e.g.  streaming  over  dialup
              modem), but it could in theory be used for  fixing  movies  that
              were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
                 <max>
                      Sets  the maximum number of consecutive frames which can
                      be  dropped  (if  positive),  or  the  minimum  interval
                      between dropped frames (if negative).
                 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
                      A  frame  is  a  candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region
                      differs by more than a threshold of  <hi>,  and  if  not
                      more  than  <frac>  portion  (1 meaning the whole image)
                      differs by more than a threshold  of  <lo>.   Values  of
                      <hi>  and  <lo>  are  for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent
                      actual pixel value differences, so  a  threshold  of  64
                      corresponds  to  1 unit of difference for each pixel, or
                      the same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
              The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and drops  the  first
              from a set of interlaced video frames.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
                      0.1)
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      What part of the image has to be detected as  interlaced
                      to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
              FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
              Donald Graft’s adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
              of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
                 <0-255>
                      threshold (default: 10)
                 <map>
                         0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
                         1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

                 <order>
                         0: Leave fields alone (default).
                         1: Swap fields.

                 <sharp>
                         0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable additional sharpening.

                 <twoway>
                         0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
              unsharp mask / gaussian blur

                 l
                      Apply effect on luma component.

                 c
                      Apply effect on chroma components.

                 <width>x<height>
                      width and height  of  the  matrix,  odd  sized  in  both
                      directions  (min  =  3x3,  max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually
                      something between 3x3 and 7x7)

                 amount
                      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a
                      sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
                         <0: blur
                         >0: sharpen

       swapuv
              Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
              (De)interleaves  lines.   The  goal of this filter is to add the
              ability  to  process   interlaced   images   pre-field   without
              deinterlacing them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play
              it  on  a  TV   without   breaking   the   interlacing.    While
              deinterlacing   (with   the   postprocessing   filter)   removes
              interlacing   permanently   (by   smoothing,   averaging,   etc)
              deinterleaving  splits  the  frame into 2 fields (so called half
              pictures), so you can process (filter)  them  independently  and
              then re-interleave them.
                 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
                 i    interleave
                 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
              (De)interleaves  lines.   This  filter is very similar to the il
              filter but much faster, the main disadvantage is  that  it  does
              not  always  work.  Especially if combined with other filters it
              may produce randomly messed up images, so be happy if  it  works
              but  do  not  complain  if  it  does not for your combination of
              filters.
                 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
                 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
              Extracts  a  single  field from an interlaced image using stride
              arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional  argument  n
              specifies   whether  to  extract  the  even  or  the  odd  field
              (depending on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
              Attempts to reverse the ’telecine’ process to recover  a  clean,
              non-interlaced stream at film framerate.  This was the first and
              most primitive inverse telecine filter to be added  to  MPlayer/
              MEncoder.   It  works  by latching onto the telecine 3:2 pattern
              and following it as long as possible.  This  makes  it  suitable
              for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
              degree of noise, but it will fail in  the  presence  of  complex
              post-telecine  edits.   Development  on this filter is no longer
              taking place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for  most
              applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be
              used to control detc’s behavior:

                 <dr>
                      Set the frame dropping mode.
                         0: Do  not  drop  frames  to  maintain  fixed  output
                         framerate (default).
                         1:  Always drop a frame when there have been no drops
                         or telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
                         2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input  to  output  frame
                         ratio.
                         NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

                 <am>
                      Analysis mode.
                         0:  Fixed pattern with initial frame number specified
                         by <fr>.
                         1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

                 <fr>
                      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
                      clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced
                      frames.   The  default,  -1,  means  ’not  in   telecine
                      sequence’.   The  number  specified here is the type for
                      the imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

                 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
                      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
              Experimental ’stateless’ inverse telecine filter.   Rather  than
              trying  to  lock on to a pattern like the detc filter does, ivtc
              makes its decisions independently for  each  frame.   This  will
              give  much  better results for material that has undergone heavy
              editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as
              forgiving  of noisy input, for example TV capture.  The optional
              parameter (ivtc=1) corresponds to the dr=1 option for  the  detc
              filter,  and  should be used with MEncoder but not with MPlayer.
              As with detc, you must  specify  the  correct  output  framerate
              (-ofps  24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development on
              ivtc has stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters  appear  to
              be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Third-generation  pulldown  reversal  (inverse telecine) filter,
              capable  of  handling  mixed   hard-telecine,   24000/1001   fps
              progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup
              filter is designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc,  by
              taking  advantage  of  future  context  in making its decisions.
              Like ivtc, pullup is stateless in the sense  that  it  does  not
              lock  onto  a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to
              the following fields in order to identify  matches  and  rebuild
              progressive frames.  It is still under development, but believed
              to be quite accurate.

                 jl, jr, jt, and jb
                      These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at  the
                      left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively.
                      Left/right are in units of 8  pixels,  while  top/bottom
                      are  in  units  of  2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels on
                      each side.

                 sb (strict breaks)
                      Setting this option to 1  will  reduce  the  chances  of
                      pullup generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it
                      may also cause an  excessive  number  of  frames  to  be
                      dropped   during  high  motion  sequences.   Conversely,
                      setting it to -1 will  make  pullup  match  fields  more
                      easily.   This  may help processing of video where there
                      is slight blurring between  the  fields,  but  may  also
                      cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.

                 mp (metric plane)
                      This  option  may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane
                      instead  of  the   luma   plane   for   doing   pullup’s
                      computations.   This  may improve accuracy on very clean
                      source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
                      especially  if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or
                      any grayscale video.  The main purpose of setting mp  to
                      a  chroma  plane  is  to reduce CPU load and make pullup
                      usable in realtime on slow machines.

              NOTE:  Always  follow  pullup  with  the  softskip  filter  when
              encoding  to  ensure  that  pullup  is  able  to see each frame.
              Failure to do so will lead to incorrect output and will  usually
              crash, due to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
              Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
              is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
              and hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed
              down or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only  the
              luma  plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has no
              match, it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.   If
              the  source  is  MPEG-2,  this must be the first filter to allow
              access to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.   Depending
              on  the  source  MPEG,  you may be fine ignoring this advice, as
              long as you do not see lots of  "Bottom-first  field"  warnings.
              With  no  options it does normal inverse telecine, and should be
              used together with mencoder -fps  30000/1001  -ofps  24000/1001.
              When  this  filter  is  used  with MPlayer, it will result in an
              uneven framerate during playback,  but  it  is  still  generally
              better  than  using  pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple
              options can be specified separated by /.

                 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
                      Just like the crop filter,  but  faster,  and  works  on
                      mixed  hard and soft telecined content as well as when y
                      is not a multiple  of  4.   If  x  or  y  would  require
                      cropping  fractional  pixels from the chroma planes, the
                      crop area is extended.  This usually means that x and  y
                      must be even.

                 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
                      For  each  ifps input frames the filter will output ofps
                      frames.   The  ratio  of  ifps/ofps  should  match   the
                      -fps/-ofps  ratio.   This could be used to filter movies
                      that are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different  from
                      their original framerate.

                 luma_only=<n>
                      If  n  is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.
                      This is useful for YV12 sampled TV, which  discards  one
                      of the chroma fields.

                 mmx2=<n>
                      On  x86,  if  n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2,
                      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
                      If  this  option  is  not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are
                      auto-detected,  use  this  option  to   override   auto-
                      detection.

                 fast=<n>
                      The  larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of
                      accuracy.  The default value is n=3.  If  n  is  odd,  a
                      frame  immediately  following  a  frame  marked with the
                      REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD  MPEG   flag   is   assumed   to   be
                      progressive,  thus  filter  will  not  spend any time on
                      soft-telecined MPEG-2 content.  This is the only  effect
                      of  this  flag  if MMX2 or 3DNow! is available.  Without
                      MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations  will
                      be  used  as  with n=2 or 3.  If n=2 or 3, the number of
                      luma levels used to find the  frame  breaks  is  reduced
                      from  256  to  128,  which  results  in  a faster filter
                      without losing much accuracy.  If n=4 or  5,  a  faster,
                      but  much  less accurate metric will be used to find the
                      frame breaks, which is more  likely  to  misdetect  high
                      vertical detail as interlaced content.

                 verbose=<n>
                      If  n  is  nonzero,  print the detailed metrics for each
                      frame.  Useful for debugging.

                 dint_thres=<n>
                      Deinterlace threshold.  Used  during  de-interlacing  of
                      unmatched    frames.     Larger    value    means   less
                      deinterlacing,  use  n=256  to   completely   turn   off
                      deinterlacing.  Default is n=8.

                 comb_thres=<n>
                      Threshold   for  comparing  a  top  and  bottom  fields.
                      Defaults to 128.

                 diff_thres=<n>
                      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
                      is 128.

                 sad_thres=<n>
                      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
              This  filter  works  only  correct with MEncoder and acts on the
              MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).  If you
              want  to  use  the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly
              soft telecined, inserting this filter before  them  should  make
              them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
              Inverse   telecine  for  deinterlaced  video.   If  3:2-pulldown
              telecined video has lost one of the fields  or  is  deinterlaced
              using  a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other,
              the result is a juddering video  that  has  every  fourth  frame
              duplicated.   This  filter  is  intended  to find and drop those
              duplicates and restore the original film framerate.  When  using
              this  filter,  you  must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of
              the input file and place the softskip later in the filter  chain
              to  make  sure  that  divtc  sees all the frames.  Two different
              modes are available:  One  pass  mode  is  the  default  and  is
              straightforward  to  use,  but  has  the  disadvantage  that any
              changes in the telecine phase (lost frames or bad  edits)  cause
              momentary  judder  until  the filter can resync again.  Two pass
              mode avoids this by analyzing the whole video beforehand  so  it
              will  have  forward  knowledge  about  the phase changes and can
              resync at the exact spot.  These passes  do  not  correspond  to
              pass one and two of the encoding process.  You must run an extra
              pass using divtc pass one before the  actual  encoding  throwing
              the resulting video away.  Use -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to
              avoid wasting CPU power for this pass.  You  may  add  something
              like  crop=2:2:0:0  after  divtc  to  speed things up even more.
              Then use divtc pass two for the actual  encoding.   If  you  use
              multiple  encoder  passes,  use  divtc pass two for all of them.
              The options are:

                 pass=1|2
                      Use two pass mode.

                 file=<filename>
                      Set   the    two    pass    log    filename    (default:
                      "framediff.log").

                 threshold=<value>
                      Set  the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have
                      for the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is
                      used  to  avoid recognizing false pattern from the parts
                      of the video that are very dark or very still.

                 window=<numframes>
                      Set the number of past frames to look at when  searching
                      for  pattern  (default: 30).  Longer window improves the
                      reliability of the pattern search,  but  shorter  window
                      improves  the  reaction  time  to  the  changes  in  the
                      telecine phase.  This only affects the  one  pass  mode.
                      The  two  pass  mode  currently  uses  fixed window that
                      extends to both future and past.

                 phase=0|1|2|3|4
                      Sets the  initial  telecine  phase  for  one  pass  mode
                      (default:  0).  The two pass mode can see the future, so
                      it is able to use the correct phase from the  beginning,
                      but  one  pass  mode  can  only  guess.   It catches the
                      correct phase when it finds it, but this option  can  be
                      used  to  fix  the  possible juddering at the beginning.
                      The first pass of the two pass mode also uses  this,  so
                      if  you  save  the  output  from the first pass, you get
                      constant phase result.

                 deghost=<value>
                      Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one  pass  mode,
                      -255-255  for  two  pass  mode, default 0).  If nonzero,
                      deghosting mode is used.  This is  for  video  that  has
                      been   deinterlaced  by  blending  the  fields  together
                      instead of  dropping  one  of  the  fields.   Deghosting
                      amplifies  any  compression  artifacts  in  the  blended
                      frames, so the parameter value is used as a threshold to
                      exclude  those  pixels  from deghosting that differ from
                      the previous frame less than specified  value.   If  two
                      pass  mode  is  used, then negative value can be used to
                      make the filter analyze the whole video in the beginning
                      of  pass-2  to  determine whether it needs deghosting or
                      not and then select either zero or the absolute value of
                      the parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes
                      no difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
              Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order
              changes.   The  intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been
              captured with the opposite  field  order  to  the  film-to-video
              transfer.  The options are:

                 t    Capture  field  order  top-first, transfer bottom-first.
                      Filter will delay the bottom field.

                 b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.   Filter  will
                      delay the top field.

                 p    Capture  and  transfer  with the same field order.  This
                      mode only exists for  the  documentation  of  the  other
                      options  to refer to, but if you actually select it, the
                      filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

                 a    Capture field order determined  automatically  by  field
                      flags,  transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and b
                      modes on a frame by frame basis using field  flags.   If
                      no  field information is available, then this works just
                      like u.

                 u    Capture unknown or varying, transfer  opposite.   Filter
                      selects  among  t  and  b  on  a frame by frame basis by
                      analyzing the images and selecting the alternative  that
                      produces best match between the fields.

                 T    Capture  top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter
                      selects among t and p using image analysis.

                 B    Capture  bottom-first,  transfer  unknown  or   varying.
                      Filter selects among b and p using image analysis.

                 A    Capture  determined  by field flags, transfer unknown or
                      varying.  Filter selects among t, b and  p  using  field
                      flags  and  image  analysis.  If no field information is
                      available, then this works just like  U.   This  is  the
                      default mode.

                 U    Both  capture  and  transfer unknown or varying.  Filter
                      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

                 v    Verbose operation.  Prints the selected  mode  for  each
                      frame  and the average squared difference between fields
                      for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
              Apply 3:2 ’telecine’ process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
              most  likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can be
              used  with  ’mencoder  -fps  30000/1001  -ofps  30000/1001   -vf
              telecine’.   Both  fps  options  are  essential!  (A/V sync will
              break if they are wrong.)  The optional  start  parameter  tells
              the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
              Temporal  field  interlacing  -  merge  pairs  of frames into an
              interlaced frame, halving the framerate.  Even frames are  moved
              into  the  upper field, odd frames to the lower field.  This can
              be used to fully reverse the effect of the  tfields  filter  (in
              mode 0).  Available modes are:
                 0    Move  odd  frames  into  the  upper field, even into the
                      lower field, generating  a  full-height  frame  at  half
                      framerate.
                 1    Only  output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height
                      unchanged.
                 2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped;  height
                      unchanged.
                 3    Expand  each  frame  to  full  height, but pad alternate
                      lines with black; framerate unchanged.
                 4    Interleave even lines from even frames  with  odd  lines
                      from odd frames.  Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
              Temporal  field  separation - split fields into frames, doubling
              the output framerate.  Like the telecine  filter,  tfields  will
              only  work  properly  with  MEncoder,  and only if both -fps and
              -ofps are set to the desired (double) framerate!
                 <mode>
                      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
                      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used  might
                      not be so good.)
                      2:   Translate   fields   by   1/4   pixel  with  linear
                      interpolation (no jump).
                      4: Translate  fields  by  1/4  pixel  with  4tap  filter
                      (higher quality) (default).
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
                      appropriate  information  and  no  other  filters  which
                      discard  that  information  come  before  tfields in the
                      filter chain, otherwise it falls back to  0  (top  field
                      first).
                      0: top field first
                      1: bottom field first
                      NOTE:  This  option will possibly be removed in a future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter
                 <mode>
                      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
                      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
                      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      Operates like tfields.
                      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in  a  future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
              Motion  compensating deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame
              as input and must  thus  be  used  together  with  tfields=1  or
              yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
                 <mode>
                      0: fast
                      1: medium
                      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
                      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
                 <parity>
                      0   or   1   selects   which  field  to  use  (note:  no
                      autodetection yet!).
                 <qp>
                      Higher values should result in a smoother motion  vector
                      field but less optimal individual vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
              box blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength
                 <power>
                      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
              shape adaptive blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
                 <pf>
                      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
                 <colorDiff>
                      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered
                      (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
              smart blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
                 <strength>
                      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
                 <threshold>
                      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges
                      (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
              Correct  the  perspective  of movies not filmed perpendicular to
              the screen.
                 <x0>,<y0>,...
                      coordinates of the top left,  top  right,  bottom  left,
                      bottom right corners
                 <t>
                      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
              Scale  and  smooth  the  image with the 2x scale and interpolate
              algorithm.

       1bpp
              1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
              Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo
              fields  and  places them side by side, resizing them to maintain
              the original movie aspect.
                 <lines>
                      number of lines to select from the middle of  the  image
                      (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
              The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
              them on top of the movie, allowing some transformations  on  the
              image.   Also  see  TOOLS/bmovl-test.c  for  a  small bmovl test
              program.
                 <hidden>
                      Set the default value of the ’hidden’  flag  (0=visible,
                      1=hidden).
                 <opaque>
                      Set   the   default   value   of   the   ’opaque’   flag
                      (0=transparent, 1=opaque).
                 <fifo>
                      path/filename  for  the  FIFO  (named  pipe   connecting
                      ’mplayer -vf bmovl’ to the controlling application)

              FIFO commands are:
                 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
                 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
                 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
                 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
                 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
                      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
                 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
                      Clear area.
                 OPAQUE
                      Disable  all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0"
                      to enable it again.
                 HIDE
                      Hide bitmap.
                 SHOW
                      Show bitmap.

              Arguments are:
                 <width>, <height>
                      image/area size
                 <xpos>, <ypos>
                      Start blitting at position x/y.
                 <alpha>
                      Set alpha difference.  If you set this to -255  you  can
                      then  send  a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set the area
                      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
                         0:    same as original
                         255:  Make everything opaque.
                         -255: Make everything transparent.

                 <clear>
                      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
                         0: The image will just be blitted on top of  the  old
                         one,  so you do not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data
                         every time a small part of the screen is updated.
                         1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
              Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

              If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
              only keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in
              every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for  AVI  it  means  every
              scene  change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint= value
              if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

              When a keyframe is found, an ’I!’ string followed by  a  newline
              character  is  printed,  leaving  the  current  line of MPlayer/
              MEncoder output on the screen, because it contains the time  (in
              seconds)  and  frame  number  of  the keyframe (You can use this
              information to split the AVI.).

              If you call the filter with a numeric parameter ’step’ then only
              one in every ’step’ frames is rendered.

              If  you put an ’i’ (lowercase) before the number then an ’I!’ is
              printed (like the I parameter).

              If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames,  only
              I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
              Tile  a  series  of  images into a single, bigger image.  If you
              omit a parameter or use a value less than 0,  then  the  default
              value  is  used.   You can also stop when you are satisfied (...
              -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
              filter before the tile :-)

              The parameters are:

                 <xtiles>
                      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
                 <ytiles>
                      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
                 <output>
                      Render  the  tile  when  ’output’  number  of frames are
                      reached, where ’output’ should be  a  number  less  than
                      xtile  *  ytile.   Missing  tiles  are  left blank.  You
                      could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50  frames
                      to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
                 <start>
                      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
                 <delta>
                      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
              Suppresses  a  TV  station logo by a simple interpolation of the
              surrounding pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo  and
              watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier appear -
              your mileage may vary).
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner of the logo
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height of the cleared rectangle
                 <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
                      and  h).   When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on
                      the  screen  to  simplify  finding  the  right   x,y,w,h
                      parameters.

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
              Suppresses  a  TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to
              determine which pixels comprise the logo.  The width and  height
              of  the  image  file  must match those of the video stream being
              processed.  Uses the filter image and a circular blur  algorithm
              to remove the logo.

                 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
                      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
              Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output
              device.

                 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
                      These options set the maximum width and  height  the  zr
                      card  can  handle  (the  MPlayer  filter layer currently
                      cannot query those).

                 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
                      Use  these  options  to  set  maxwidth   and   maxheight
                      automatically  to  the values known for card/mode combo.
                      For example, valid options are:  dc10-PAL  and  buz-NTSC
                      (default: dc10+PAL)

                 color|bw
                      Select  color  or  black  and white encoding.  Black and
                      white encoding is faster.  Color is the default.

                 hdec={1,2,4}
                      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 vdec={1,2,4}
                      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 quality=1-20
                      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

                 fd|nofd
                      By default, decimation is only performed  if  the  Zoran
                      hardware  can  upscale the resulting MJPEG images to the
                      original size.  The option fd instructs  the  filter  to
                      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot
              Allows  acquiring  screenshots  of  the  movie  using slave mode
              commands that can be bound to keypresses.  See  the  slave  mode
              documentation  and  the INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for details.
              Files  named  ’shotNNNN.png’  will  be  saved  in  the   working
              directory,  using  the first available number - no files will be
              overwritten.  The filter has  no  overhead  when  not  used  and
              accepts  an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to add it to the
              configuration file.

       ass
              Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary  point  in  the
              filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf ass,screenshot
                      Moves  SSA/ASS  rendering  before the screenshot filter.
                      Screenshots taken this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
              Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful
              to  detect  chapter  transitions  or  commercials.  Output lines
              consist  of  the  frame  number  of  the  detected  frame,   the
              percentage  of blackness, the frame type and the frame number of
              the last encountered keyframe.

                 <amount>
                      Percentage of the pixels  that  have  to  be  below  the
                      threshold (default: 98).

                 <threshold>
                      Threshold  below which a pixel value is considered black
                      (default: 32).

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
              Delays either audio or video by setting a  delay  field  in  the
              header  (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream while
              encoding, but the player will see the delay field and compensate
              accordingly.   Positive  values  delay  the  audio, and negative
              values delay the video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of
              the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
              -delay 0.2, you  can  fix  the  video  with  MEncoder  by  using
              -audio-delay -0.2.

              Currently,  this  option  only works with the default muxer (-of
              avi).  If you are using a different muxer,  then  you  must  use
              -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
              Number  of  audio  chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long
              audio chunks).
              NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
              chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
              Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
              Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -fafmttag 0x55
                      Will have the output file contain 0x55  (mp3)  as  audio
                      format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
              Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ffourcc div3
                      Will  have  the  output  file  contain  ’div3’  as video
                      fourcc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
              Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
              can be used to change the aspect ratio with ’-ovc copy’.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
              Specify  the  name  of  the audio file with framenumber mappings
              created in the first (audio only) pass of a special  three  pass
              encoding mode.
              NOTE:  Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do
              not use it.  It is kept for  backwards  compatibility  only  and
              will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
              Use  a  more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.
              Areas marked for skipping  are  not  seeked  over,  instead  all
              frames  are  decoded, but only the necessary frames are encoded.
              This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
              NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with ’-ovc copy’.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
              Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

              Available options are:

                 help
                      Show this description.

                 name=<value>
                      title of the work

                 artist=<value>
                      artist or author of the work

                 genre=<value>
                      original work category

                 subject=<value>
                      contents of the work

                 copyright=<value>
                      copyright information

                 srcform=<value>
                      original format of the digitized material

                 comment=<value>
                      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
              Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the  MEncoder
              filter  chain.   Useful  to control at which point of the filter
              chain subtitles are rendered when hardcoding  subtitles  onto  a
              movie.

       -noencodedups
              Do  not  attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always
              output  zero-byte  frames  to  indicate  duplicates.   Zero-byte
              frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
              of doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only  such
              filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
              Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
              Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
              Outputs to the given filename.
              If  you  want a default output filename, you can put this option
              in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
              Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -oac copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -oac pcm
                      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
                 -oac mp3lame
                      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
                 -oac lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
              Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
              NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -of avi
                      Encode to AVI.
                 -of mpeg
                      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
                 -of lavf
                      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
                 -of rawvideo
                      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
                 -of rawaudio
                      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
              Specify  a  frames  per  second (fps) value for the output file,
              which can be different from that of the source  material.   Must
              be  set  for  variable  fps  (ASF,  some  MOV)  and  progressive
              (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
              Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ovc copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -ovc raw
                      Encode to an arbitrary  uncompressed  format  (use  ’-vf
                      format’ to select).
                 -ovc lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
              Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default
              divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
              Specify the maximum number of frames that may be  skipped  after
              encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
              Specify  the  basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This
              turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it
              to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
              Specify  the  language  two letter code for the subtitles.  This
              overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
              Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default:
              0).

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       You  can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following
       syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame,  toolame,  twolame,  nuv,
       xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
              get help

       vbr=<0-4>
              variable bitrate method
                 0    cbr
                 1    mt
                 2    rh (default)
                 3    abr
                 4    mtrh

       abr
              average bitrate

       cbr
              constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR
              presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
              bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
              quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
              algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
              compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
              audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
              (default: auto)
                 0    stereo
                 1    joint-stereo
                 2    dualchannel
                 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
                 0    none
                 1    all
                 2    adjust

       fast
              Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
              results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the
              specified one will be cut off.   A  value  of  -1  will  disable
              filtering,   a   value   of   0  will  let  LAME  choose  values
              automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies above  the
              specified  one  will  be  cut  off.   A value of -1 will disable
              filtering,  a  value  of  0  will   let   LAME   choose   values
              automatically.

       preset=<value>
              preset values

                 help
                      Print  additional  options and information about presets
                      settings.

                 medium
                      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

                 standard
                      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

                 extreme
                      VBR encoding, very high quality,  200-240  kbps  bitrate
                      range

                 insane
                      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

                 <8-320>
                      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

              EXAMPLES:
                 fast:preset=standard
                      suitable  for  most  people  and  most  music  types and
                      already quite high quality
                 cbr:preset=192
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 192  kbps  forced  constant
                      bitrate.
                 preset=172
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
                 preset=extreme
                      for  people  with  extremely  good  hearing  and similar
                      equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
              In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in  kbps,  when
              in  VBR  mode  it is the minimum bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR
              mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
              variability range; if negative the encoder  shifts  the  average
              bitrate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.
              When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
              maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
              (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
              psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
              Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
              debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
              average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
              quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
              object type complexity
                 1    MAIN (default)
                 2    LOW
                 3    SSR
                 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
              MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
              Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
              cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
              Stores  the  bitstream  as  raw  payload  with  extradata in the
              container header (default: 0, corresponds to ADTS).  Do not  set
              this  flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able to
              remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.   Read
       the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
                 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the
              o= unneeded and pass all unknown options  through  the  AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note  that  some  AVOptions  may  conflict  with
              MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
              audio codec (default: mp2)
                 ac3
                      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
                 adpcm_*
                      Adaptive  PCM  formats  - see the HTML documentation for
                      details.
                 flac
                      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
                 g726
                      G.726 ADPCM
                 libamr_nb
                      3GPP Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) narrow-band
                 libamr_wb
                      3GPP Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) wide-band
                 libfaac
                      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
                 libmp3lame
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
                 mp2
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
                 pcm_*
                      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 roq_dpcm
                      Id Software RoQ DPCM
                 sonic
                      experimental simple lossy codec
                 sonicls
                      experimental simple lossless codec
                 vorbis
                      Vorbis
                 wmav1
                      Windows Media Audio v1
                 wmav2
                      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
              audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
              Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
              Use only bit exact  algorithms  (except  (I)DCT).   Additionally
              bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus should only be
              used for regression tests, which  need  binary  identical  files
              even  if  the encoder version changes.  This also suppresses the
              user_data header in MPEG-4 streams.   Do  not  use  this  option
              unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
              Maximum  number  of  threads  to  use  (default: 1).  May have a
              slight negative effect on motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
              Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
                 asv1
                      ASUS Video v1
                 asv2
                      ASUS Video v2
                 dvvideo
                      Sony Digital Video
                 ffv1
                      FFmpeg’s lossless video codec
                 ffvhuff
                      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
                 flv
                      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
                 h261
                      H.261
                 h263
                      H.263
                 h263p
                      H.263+
                 huffyuv
                      HuffYUV
                 libtheora
                      Theora
                 libx264
                      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
                 libxvid
                      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
                 ljpeg
                      Lossless JPEG
                 mjpeg
                      Motion JPEG
                 mpeg1video
                      MPEG-1 video
                 mpeg2video
                      MPEG-2 video
                 mpeg4
                      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
                 msmpeg4
                      DivX 3
                 msmpeg4v2
                      MS MPEG4v2
                 roqvideo
                      ID Software RoQ Video
                 rv10
                      an old RealVideo codec
                 snow (also see: vstrict)
                      FFmpeg’s experimental wavelet-based codec
                 svq1
                      Apple Sorenson Video 1
                 wmv1
                      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
                 wmv2
                      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
              minimum quantizer

                 1    Not  recommended  (much  larger  file,  little   quality
                      difference and weird side effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be
                      very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting
                      in  lower  quality and some decoders will not be able to
                      decode it).

                 2    Recommended   for   normal   mpeg4/mpeg1video   encoding
                      (default).

                 3    Recommended   for   h263(p)/msmpeg4.    The  reason  for
                      preferring 3 over 2 is that 2 could lead  to  overflows.
                      (This   will  be  fixed  for  h263(p)  by  changing  the
                      quantizer per MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be  fixed
                      as it does not support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum   frame-level   Lagrange   multiplier   for  ratecontrol
              (default: 2.0).  Lavc will rarely use quantizers below the value
              of  lmin.   Lowering  lmin  will make lavc more likely to choose
              lower quantizers for some frames, but not lower than  the  value
              of  vqmin.  Likewise, raising lmin will make lavc less likely to
              choose low quantizers, even if vqmin would  have  allowed  them.
              You  probably  want  to  set  lmin approximately equal to vqmin.
              When adaptive quantization is in  use,  changing  lmin/lmax  may
              have less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
              maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for ratecontrol
              (default:2.0).  This  parameter  affects  adaptive  quantization
              options like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
              Maximum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for ratecontrol
              (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
              Constant quantizer / constant quality  encoding  (selects  fixed
              quantizer  mode).  A lower value means better quality but larger
              files (default: -1).  In case  of  snow  codec,  value  0  means
              lossless  encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this,
              vqscale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is  not  recommended
              (see vqmin for details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
              Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       mbqmin=<1-31>
              obsolete, use vqmin

       mbqmax=<1-31>
              obsolete, use vqmax

       vqdiff=<1-31>
              maximum  quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames
              (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
              maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
                 0    no B-frames (default)
                 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
              motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
                 0    none (very low quality)
                 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
                      options (default)
                 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
                 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

              NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality
              may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
              motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
              Macroblock  decision  algorithm (high quality mode), encode each
              macro block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow  but
              results  in  better quality and file size.  When mbd is set to 1
              or 2, the value of mbcmp is ignored when  comparing  macroblocks
              (the  mbcmp  value  is  still  used  in  other places though, in
              particular the motion search  algorithms).   If  any  comparison
              setting  (precmp,  subcmp, cmp, or mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a
              slower  but  better  half-pel  motion  search  will   be   used,
              regardless  of  what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel
              motion search will be used regardless.
                 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
                 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
                 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
              Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
              Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
              Works better if used with mbd>0.

       obmc
              overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
              loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       inter_threshold <-1000-1000>
              Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       keyint=<0-300>
              maximum  interval  between  keyframes in frames (default: 250 or
              one keyframe every ten seconds in a 25fps movie.   This  is  the
              recommended  default  for  MPEG-4).  Most codecs require regular
              keyframes in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch  error.
              Keyframes  are  also  needed  for  seeking,  as  seeking is only
              possible to a keyframe - but  keyframes  need  more  space  than
              other frames, so larger numbers here mean slightly smaller files
              but less precise seeking.  0 is equivalent  to  1,  which  makes
              every  frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the
              quality might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder  and  luck.
              It is common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
              Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
              libavcodec when it detects a scene change.  You can specify  the
              sensitivity  of  the  detection  with  this option.  -1000000000
              means  there  is  a  scene  change  detected  at  every   frame,
              1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
              Causes  frames  with  higher  quantizers  to  be  more likely to
              trigger a scene change detection and make libavcodec use  an  I-
              frame (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and
              6 may yield increasing PSNR (up to approximately  0.04  dB)  and
              better  placement  of  I-frames  in  high-motion scenes.  Higher
              values than 6 may give very slightly better PSNR  (approximately
              0.01  dB  more  than  sc_factor=6),  but  noticably worse visual
              quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
              strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
                 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
                 1    Avoid  B-frames  in  high  motion   scenes.    See   the
                      b_sensitivity option to tune this strategy.
                 2    Places  B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
                      quality (slower).  You may  want  to  reduce  the  speed
                      impact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
              Adjusts  how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids
              using B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities  will  result
              in  more  B-frames.   Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR,
              but too many B-frames can hurt quality  in  high-motion  scenes.
              Unless   there   is   an   extremely   high  amount  of  motion,
              b_sensitivity can safely be lowered below the default; 10  is  a
              reasonable value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
              Downscales  frames  for  dynamic  B-frame decision (default: 0).
              Each time brd_scale is increased by one,  the  frame  dimensions
              are  divided  by  two, which improves speed by a factor of four.
              Both dimensions of the  fully  downscaled  frame  must  be  even
              numbers,  so  brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be
              multiples of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc.
              In  other  words, the dimensions of the original frame must both
              be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
              Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
              rather  than  re-using  vectors  from  the  forward and backward
              searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.
                 0    Disabled (default).
                 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
              Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if  you
              wish to use two (or more) pass encoding.
                 1    first pass (also see turbo)
                 2    second pass
                 3    Nth   pass  (second  and  subsequent  passes  of  N-pass
                      encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You  might
              want  to  deactivate  some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode
              does.
              In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In  N-pass  mode,  the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo)
              does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites  them.
              You  might  want  to  backup  divx2pass.log before doing this if
              there is any possibility that you will have to cancel  MEncoder.
              You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options
              like "qns".
              You can run this same pass over and over to refine  the  encode.
              Each  subsequent  pass will use the statistics from the previous
              pass to improve.  The final  pass  can  include  any  CPU-hungry
              encoding options.
              If  you  want  a  2  pass  encode,  use  first vpass=1, and then
              vpass=2.
              If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for  the  first
              pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you
              are satisfied with the encode.

              huffyuv:
                 pass 1
                      Saves statistics.
                 pass 2
                      Encodes  with  an  optimal  Huffman  table  based   upon
                      statistics from the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically  speeds  up  pass  one  using faster algorithms and
              disabling CPU-intensive  options.   This  will  probably  reduce
              global  PSNR  a little bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual
              frame type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.   Much
              nicer  than  rescaling,  because quality is not decreased.  Only
              MPlayer will play these  files  correctly,  other  players  will
              display  them  with  wrong  aspect.  The aspect parameter can be
              given as a ratio or a floating point number.

              EXAMPLE:
                 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
              Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.  Does not incur a performance penalty,
              so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
              Specify bitrate (default: 800).
              WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
                 4-16000
                      (in kbit)
                 16001-24000000
                      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
              approximated file size tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane
              range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
              NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or
              there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
              maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
              minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
              buffer  size  in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer
              size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
              currently useless

       vrc_strategy
              Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
              options will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
                 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
                 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
                      be compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              (default: 0.0)
              if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
              I/B-frame quantizer  =  P-frame  quantizer  *  v{b|i}_qfactor  +
              v{b|i}_qoffset
              else
              do  normal  ratecontrol  (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer)
              and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              HINT:  To  do  constant  quantizer   encoding   with   different
              quantizers   for   I/P-   and   B-frames   you  can  use:  lmin=
              <ip_quant>:lmax= <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
              Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values  will  average  the
              quantizer more over time (slower change).
                 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
                 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
              Quantizer  gaussian  blur  (default:  0.5),  larger  values will
              average the quantizer more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
              Quantizer compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default:  0.5).
              NOTE:  Perceptual  quality  will be optimal somewhere in between
              the range’s extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
              main ratecontrol equation

                 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
                      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

                 tex^qComp
                      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

              infix operators:

                 +,-,*,/,^

              variables:

                 tex
                      texture complexity

                 iTex,pTex
                      intra, non-intra texture complexity

                 avgTex
                      average texture complexity

                 avgIITex
                      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

                 avgPITex
                      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgPPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgBPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

                 mv
                      bits used for motion vectors

                 fCode
                      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

                 iCount
                      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

                 var
                      spatial complexity

                 mcVar
                      temporal complexity

                 qComp
                      qcomp from the command line

                 isI, isP, isB
                      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

                 Pi,E
                      See your favorite math book.

              functions:

                 max(a,b),min(a,b)
                      maximum / minimum

                 gt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

                 lt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

                 eq(a,b)
                      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

                 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
              User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
              ...).     The    options    are    <start-frame>,   <end-frame>,
              <quality>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
                 quality (2-31)
                      quantizer
                 quality (-500-0)
                      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
              initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
              initial  buffer  occupancy,  as  a  fraction   of   vrc_buf_size
              (default: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
              Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
                 0    Use clipping.
                 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets  single  coefficient  elimination  threshold for luminance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets  single  coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
              strict standard compliance
                 0    disabled
                 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
                      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
                 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
                 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which  may  not
                      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
              Data  partitioning.   Adds  2  Bytes  per video packet, improves
              error-resistance  when  transferring  over  unreliable  channels
              (e.g.  streaming  over the internet).  Each video packet will be
              encoded in 3 separate partitions:
                 1. MVs
                      movement
                 2. DC coefficients
                      low res picture
                 3. AC coefficients
                      details
              MV & DC are most important, losing them  looks  far  worse  than
              losing  the  AC  and  the  1. & 2. partition.  (MV & DC) are far
              smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will  hit
              the  AC  partition  much more often than the MV & DC partitions.
              Thus, the  picture  will  look  better  with  partitioning  than
              without,  as  without  partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV
              equally.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
              Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
                 0
                      disabled (default)
                 100-1000
                      good choice

       ss
              slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
              grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
              DCT algorithm
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    fast integer
                 2    accurate integer
                 3    MMX
                 4    mlib
                 5    AltiVec
                 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
              IDCT algorithm
              NOTE: To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do  pass  the
              IEEE1180 tests.
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    JPEG reference integer
                 2    simple
                 3    simplemmx
                 4    libmpeg2mmx  (inaccurate,  do  not use for encoding with
                      keyint >100)
                 5    ps2
                 6    mlib
                 7    arm
                 8    AltiVec
                 9    sh4
                 10   simplearm
                 11   H.264
                 12   VP3
                 13   IPP
                 14   xvidmmx
                 15   CAVS
                 16   simplearmv5te
                 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Luminance masking is a ’psychosensory’ setting that is  supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance  masking
              compresses  bright  areas  stronger than medium ones, so it will
              save bits that can be  spent  again  on  other  frames,  raising
              overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING:  Be  careful,  overly large values can cause disastrous
              things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors  but  may
              look horrible on other monitors.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Darkness  masking  is a ’psychosensory’ setting that is supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details  in  very  dark  parts of the picture.  Darkness masking
              compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
              bits  that  can  be spent again on other frames, raising overall
              subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values  can  cause  disastrous
              things.
              WARNING:  Large  values might look good on some monitors but may
              look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).   Imagine
              a  scene  with  a bird flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask
              will raise  the  quantizers  of  the  bird’s  macroblocks  (thus
              decreasing  their  quality),  as  the human eye usually does not
              have time to see all the bird’s details.  Be warned that if  the
              masked  object  stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to look
              horrible for a short period of time, until the  encoder  figures
              out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks.  The
              saved bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which  may
              increase   subjective   quality,  provided  that  tcplx_mask  is
              carefully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Spatial  complexity  masking.   Larger   values   help   against
              blockiness,  if no deblocking filter is used for decoding, which
              is maybe not a good idea.
              Imagine a scene with grass  (which  usually  has  great  spatial
              complexity),  a  blue sky and a house; scplx_mask will raise the
              quantizers  of  the  grass’  macroblocks,  thus  decreasing  its
              quality, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
              HINT:  Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the
              quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.5
                      sane range

              NOTE: This setting does not have the  same  effect  as  using  a
              custom  matrix  that  would compress high frequencies harder, as
              scplx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even if  only  DC
              is changing.  The result of scplx_mask will probably not look as
              good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
              Reduces the quality of inter  blocks.   This  is  equivalent  to
              increasing the quality of intra blocks, because the same average
              bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to the  whole
              video  sequence  (default:  0.0 (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles
              the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              border-processing for MPEG-style  encoders.   Border  processing
              increases  the  quantizer  for  macroblocks  which are less than
              1/5th of the frame width/height  away  from  the  frame  border,
              since they are often visually less important.

       naq
              Normalize  adaptive  quantization  (experimental).   When  using
              adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
              no  longer  match the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will
              attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain  the  proper
              average.

       ildct
              Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
              Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
              Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
                 -1   automatic
                 0    bottom field first
                 1    top field first

       format=<value>
                 YV12
                      default
                 444P
                      for ffv1
                 422P
                      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 411P
                      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 YVU9
                      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
                 BGR32
                      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
              (for HuffYUV)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    plane/gradient prediction
                 2    median prediction

       pred
              (for lossless JPEG)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    top prediction
                 2    topleft prediction
                 3    plane/gradient prediction
                 6    mean prediction

       coder
              (for ffv1)
                 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
                 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
              (for ffv1)
                 0    small context model
                 1    large context model

              (for ffvhuff)
                 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
                 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
              Use quarter pel motion  compensation  (mutually  exclusive  with
              ilme).
              HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the  comparison  function for the macroblock decision, has
              only an effect if mbd=0.  This is  also  used  for  some  motion
              search  functions,  in which case it has an effect regardless of
              mbd setting.
                 0 (SAD)
                      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
                 1 (SSE)
                      sum of squared errors
                 2 (SATD)
                      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
                 3 (DCT)
                      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
                 4 (PSNR)
                      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
                 5 (BIT)
                      number of bits needed for the block
                 6 (RD)
                      rate distortion optimal, slow
                 7 (ZERO)
                      0
                 8 (VSAD)
                      sum of absolute vertical differences
                 9 (VSSE)
                      sum of squared vertical differences
                 10 (NSSE)
                      noise preserving sum of squared differences
                 11 (W53)
                      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
                 12 (W97)
                      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
                 +256
                      Also use chroma, currently  does  not  work  (correctly)
                      with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the  comparison  function for interlaced DCT decision (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation  (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
              This  setting  controls  NSSE  weight, where larger weights will
              result in more noise.  0 NSSE is identical to SSE You  may  find
              this  useful  if  you  prefer to keep some noise in your encoded
              video rather than filtering it away  before  encoding  (default:
              8).

       predia=<-99-6>
              diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
              Diamond  type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an
              iterative process.  Using a small diamond  does  not  limit  the
              search  to  finding  only  small  motion  vectors.   It  is just
              somewhat more likely to stop before finding the very best motion
              vector,  especially  when  noise  is  involved.  Bigger diamonds
              allow a wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower
              but result in better quality.
              Big  normal  diamonds  are  better  quality  than shape-adaptive
              diamonds.
              Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff  between  speed  and
              quality.
              NOTE:  The  sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones
              do not have the same meaning.

                 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

                 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

                 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

                 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
                            0
                           000
                            0

                 2    normal size=2 diamond
                            0
                           000
                          00000
                           000
                            0

       trell
              Trellis searched  quantization.   This  will  find  the  optimal
              encoding  for  each 8x8 block.  Trellis searched quantization is
              quite simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus  bitrate
              sense   (Assuming   that  there  would  be  no  rounding  errors
              introduced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the  case.).   It
              simply finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
                 lambda
                      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
                 bits
                      amount of bits needed to encode the block
                 error
                      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
              Rate  distorted  optimal  coded  block pattern.  Will select the
              coded block pattern which minimizes  distortion  +  lambda*rate.
              This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
              Try  to  encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.
              This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
              When  surrounding  motion  vectors  are  <0,0>  and  the  motion
              estimation   score   of   the   current   block   is  less  than
              mv0_threshold, <0,0> is used for the motion vector  and  further
              motion   estimation   is   skipped   (default:  256).   Lowering
              mv0_threshold to 0 can give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase  and
              possibly  make  the  encoded video look slightly better; raising
              mv0_threshold past 320 results in  diminished  PSNR  and  visual
              quality.  Higher values speed up encoding very slightly (usually
              less than 1%, depending on the other options used).
              NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
              rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
              lambda of each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
              amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
                 0    (default)
                 a    Will  use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector
                      predictors from the previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
              motion estimation pre-pass
                 0    disabled
                 1    only after I-frames (default)
                 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
              subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
              NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
              number  of  reference frames to consider for motion compensation
              (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
              print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole  video
              after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file with a
              name  like  ’psnr_hhmmss.log’.   Returned  values  are   in   dB
              (decibel), the higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
              Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
              Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
              H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
              PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
              NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
              alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
              unlimited  MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long
              MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
              intra quantizer bias  (256  equals  1.0,  MPEG  style  quantizer
              default: 96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX  quantizer  cannot  handle  negative
              biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
              inter  quantizer  bias  (256  equals  1.0,  MPEG style quantizer
              default: 0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1  or  2),  the  MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative
              biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
              HINT: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64)  seems  to
              improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise  reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for
              typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit  more  for
              very  noisy  content  (default:  0).   Given its small impact on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
              Quantizer  noise  shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to
              most closely match the  source  video  in  the  PSNR  sense,  it
              chooses  quantization  such that noise (usually ringing) will be
              masked by similar-frequency content in the image.  Larger values
              are  slower  but may not result in better quality.  This can and
              should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case
              the  trellis  quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
              used as startpoint for the iterative search.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
                 2    Only  change  coefficients  before  the  last   non-zero
                      coefficient + 1.
                 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use  custom  inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
              64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated  string  of
              64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
              experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
              experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
              intra  DC  precision  in  bits  (default:  8).   If  you specify
              vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
              Close all  GOPs.   Currently  it  only  works  if  scene  change
              detection is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
              Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
              Control writing global video headers.
                 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
                 1    Write  global  headers  only  in  extradata  (needed for
                      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
                 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
                 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
              Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
              Set CodecContext Level.  Use  31  or  41  to  play  video  on  a
              Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel  video  is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output raw i420, LZO  compressed  i420,  RTJPEG,  or  the  default  LZO
       compressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE:  The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about
       the settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
              chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
              luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
              Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
              Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
              quality level (default: 255)

       raw
              Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
              Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There  are  three  modes  available:  constant  bitrate  (CBR),   fixed
       quantizer and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
              Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically  speeds  up  pass  one  using faster algorithms and
              disabling CPU-intensive  options.   This  will  probably  reduce
              global  PSNR  a  little bit and change individual frame type and
              PSNR a little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
              Sets the bitrate to be used in  kbits/second  if  <16000  or  in
              bits/second  if  >16000.   If <value> is negative, Xvid will use
              its absolute value as the target size (in kBytes) of  the  video
              and  compute  the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687
              kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
              Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer  to  be
              used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
              User  specified  quality  for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
              ...).  Each zone is  <start-frame>,<mode>,<value>  where  <mode>
              may be
                 q    Constant   quantizer  override,  where  value=<2.0-31.0>
                      represents the quantizer value.
                 w    Ratecontrol  weight  override,  where  value=<0.01-2.00>
                      represents the quality correction in %.

              EXAMPLE:
                 zones=90000,q,20
                      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
                      quantizer 20.
                 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
                      Encode frames 0-10000  at  10%  bitrate,  encode  frames
                      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that
                      the second zone is needed to delimit the first zone,  as
                      without  it  everything  up  until  frame 89999 would be
                      encoded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
              This option  controls  the  motion  estimation  subsystem.   The
              higher  the  value,  the  more  precise the estimation should be
              (default: 6).  The more precise the motion  estimation  is,  the
              more  bits  can be saved.  Precision is gained at the expense of
              CPU time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
              MPEG-4  uses  a  half  pixel  precision for its motion search by
              default.  The  standard  proposes  a  mode  where  encoders  are
              allowed  to  use  quarter  pixel precision.  This option usually
              results in a sharper image.  Unfortunately it has a great impact
              on  bitrate and sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it
              from giving a better image quality at a fixed  bitrate.   It  is
              better  to  test with and without this option and see whether it
              is worth activating.

       (no)gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation,  which  makes  Xvid  generate
              special  frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/
              Rotating images.  Whether or not the use  of  this  option  will
              save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
              Trellis  Quantization  is a kind of adaptive quantization method
              that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
              more compressible by the entropy encoder.  Its impact on quality
              is good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting  can
              be  a  good  alternative to save a few bits (and gain quality at
              fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
              Activate this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.   It
              modifies  some  Xvid  internal  thresholds  so Xvid takes better
              decisions on frame types and motion  vectors  for  flat  looking
              cartoons.

       (no)chroma_me
              The  usual  motion  estimation algorithm uses only the luminance
              information to find the best motion vector.   However  for  some
              video  material,  using  the  chroma planes can help find better
              vectors.  This setting toggles the  use  of  chroma  planes  for
              motion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
              Enable  a  chroma  optimizer  prefilter.   It will do some extra
              magic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect
              on  edges.   It  will  improve  quality  at the cost of encoding
              speed.  It reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation
              to  the  original  picture  will  get bigger, but the subjective
              image  quality  will  raise.   Since   it   works   with   color
              information,  you  might  want  to  turn it off when encoding in
              grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
              Activates high-quality prediction of AC coefficients  for  intra
              frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
              The  motion  search  algorithm is based on a search in the usual
              color domain and tries to find a motion  vector  that  minimizes
              the  difference  between  the  reference  frame  and the encoded
              frame.  With this setting activated,  Xvid  will  also  use  the
              frequency  domain  (DCT)  to  search  for  a  motion vector that
              minimizes not only the spatial difference but also the  encoding
              length of the block.  Fastest to slowest:
                 0    off
                 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
                 2    limited search
                 3    medium search
                 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
              Adaptive  quantization  allows the macroblock quantizers to vary
              inside each frame.  This is a ’psychosensory’  setting  that  is
              supposed  to  make  use  of the fact that the human eye tends to
              notice fewer details in very bright and very dark parts  of  the
              picture.   It  compresses  those areas more strongly than medium
              ones, which will save bits that can  be  spent  again  on  other
              frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
              PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
              Make  Xvid  discard  chroma  planes  so  the  encoded  video  is
              grayscale  only.   Note that this does not speed up encoding, it
              just prevents chroma data from being written in the  last  stage
              of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
              Encode  the  fields  of  interlaced  video  material.  Turn this
              option on for interlaced content.
              NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
              aware    resizer,    which    you    can   activate   with   -vf
              scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
              minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
              maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
              minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
              maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
              minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
              maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
              minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
              maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
              Sets the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you  will
              find  that  MPEG  quantization  preserves  more detail.  For low
              bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise.
              When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom intra matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf’s matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf’s matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
              Shift  some  bits  from  the pool for other frame types to intra
              frames, thus improving keyframe  quality.   This  amount  is  an
              extra  percentage, so a value of 10 will give your keyframes 10%
              more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
              Works  together  with  kfreduction.   Determines   the   minimum
              distance below which you consider that two frames are considered
              consecutive and treated  differently  according  to  kfreduction
              (default: 10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
              The  above  two  settings  can  be  used  to  adjust the size of
              keyframes that you consider too close to the first (in  a  row).
              kfthreshold  sets  the range in which keyframes are reduced, and
              kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last
              I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
              Maximum  number  of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default:
              2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
              quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50  (default:
              150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
              100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
              This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the
              use   of  B-frames.   The  higher  the  value,  the  higher  the
              probability of B-frames being used (default: 0).  Do not  forget
              that  B-frames  usually  have  a higher quantizer, and therefore
              aggressive  production  of  B-frames  may  cause  worse   visual
              quality.

       (no)closed_gop
              This  option  tells  Xvid  to close every GOP (Group Of Pictures
              bounded by two I-frames), which makes GOPs independent from each
              other.   This  just  implies  that  the last frame of the GOP is
              either a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is  usually
              a good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
              This  option  is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding
              to container formats like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order
              frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware)
              are able to  deal  with  frame-order  themselves,  and  may  get
              confused  when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave
              if off, unless you really know what you are doing.
              WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and  will  not
              be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
              WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so
              the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
              This  setting  allows  the  creation of variable framerate video
              streams.  The value of the setting specifies a  threshold  under
              which,  if the difference of the following frame to the previous
              frame is below or equal to this  threshold,  a  frame  gets  not
              coded (a so called n-vop is placed in the stream).  On playback,
              when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
              WARNING: Playing with this setting may result in a jerky  video,
              so use it at your own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
              This  parameter  controls  the  number  of  frames  the CBR rate
              controller will wait before  reacting  to  bitrate  changes  and
              compensating  for  them  to  obtain  a  constant bitrate over an
              averaging range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
              Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on the  video  material,
              bitrate  can  be  variable, and hard to predict.  Therefore Xvid
              uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given  amount
              of  bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses the
              "number of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries  to
              achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
              size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows  Xvid to take a certain percentage of bits
              away from high bitrate scenes and give  them  back  to  the  bit
              reservoir.   You  could also use this if you have a clip with so
              many  bits   allocated   to   high-bitrate   scenes   that   the
              low(er)-bitrate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows Xvid to give a certain percentage of extra
              bits to the low bitrate scenes,  taking  a  few  bits  from  the
              entire  clip.   This  might come in handy if you have a few low-
              bitrate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
              During pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve  is
              computed.   The  difference  between that expected curve and the
              result obtained during encoding is called overflow.   Obviously,
              the  two  pass  rate  controller  tries  to  compensate for that
              overflow, distributing it over the next  frames.   This  setting
              controls  how  much  of  the  overflow is distributed every time
              there is a new frame.  Low values allow lazy  overflow  control,
              big  rate  bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to
              lack of precision for small clips).   Higher  values  will  make
              changes  in  bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly too abrupt
              if you set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5).
              NOTE:  This  setting  impacts  quality  a  lot,  play  with   it
              carefully!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
              During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by  which  the overflow control is allowed to increase the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control  may  decrease
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by which the overflow control is allowed to decrease  the  frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
              Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
              the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking
              care  of  the video container overhead.  This small but (mostly)
              constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
              Xvid  allows  users  to set the amount of overhead per frame the
              container generates (give only an average per frame).  0  has  a
              special  meaning,  it  lets  Xvid  use  its  own  default values
              (default: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
              Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate  over  a  short  period)
              according to the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The
              resulting  videos  should  be  playable  on  standalone  players
              adhering to these profile specifications.
                 unrestricted
                      no restrictions (default)
                 sp0
                      simple profile at level 0
                 sp1
                      simple profile at level 1
                 sp2
                      simple profile at level 2
                 sp3
                      simple profile at level 3
                 asp0
                      advanced simple profile at level 0
                 asp1
                      advanced simple profile at level 1
                 asp2
                      advanced simple profile at level 2
                 asp3
                      advanced simple profile at level 3
                 asp4
                      advanced simple profile at level 4
                 asp5
                      advanced simple profile at level 5
                 dxnhandheld
                      DXN handheld profile
                 dxnportntsc
                      DXN portable NTSC profile
                 dxnportpal
                      DXN portable PAL profile
                 dxnhtntsc
                      DXN home theater NTSC profile
                 dxnhtpal
                      DXN home theater PAL profile
                 dxnhdtv
                      DXN HDTV profile
              NOTE:  These  profiles  should  be  used  in conjunction with an
              appropriate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50  is  applicable,  as  some
              players do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
              Specifies  the  Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with
              DAR, the Display Aspect Ratio).  PAR is the ratio of  the  width
              and  height  of  a single pixel.  So both are related like this:
              DAR = PAR * (width/height).
              MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel  aspect  ratios  and  one  extended  one,
              giving the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.
              5 standard modes can be specified:
                 vga11
                      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
                      unit.
                 pal43
                      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
                 pal169
                      same as above
                 ntsc43
                      same as above
                 ntsc169
                      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
                 ext
                      Allows  you  to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with
                      par_width and par_height.
              NOTE: In general,  setting  aspect  and  autoaspect  options  is
              enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
              solution than  rescaling,  because  quality  is  not  decreased.
              MPlayer   and  a  few  others  players  will  play  these  files
              correctly, others will display them with the wrong aspect.   The
              aspect  parameter  can  be  given as a ratio or a floating point
              number.

       (no)autoaspect
              Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.

       psnr
              Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole  video
              after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file with a
              name like ’psnr_hhmmss.log’ in the current directory.   Returned
              values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
              Save  per-frame  statistics  in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two
              pass control file.)

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.1.x.

       bvhq=<0|1>
              This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames  to  be  used
              for  the  encoding  chosen  using  a  rate  distortion optimized
              operator, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq  option.
              This  produces  nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no
              performance penalty (default: 1).

       The following option is only available in the 1.2.x version of Xvid.

       threads=<0-n>
              Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
              maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height
              divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
              Sets the average bitrate to be used  in  kbits/second  (default:
              off).   Since  local  bitrate  may  vary,  this  average  may be
              inaccurate  for  very  short  videos  (see  ratetol).   Constant
              bitrate  can  be achieved by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at
              significant reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
              This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
              are   offset   from  this  value  by  ip_factor  and  pb_factor,
              respectively.  20-40 is a useful range.  Lower values result  in
              better fidelity, but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.  Note that
              quantization in H.264 works differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264’s
              quantization  parameter  (QP)  is  on  a logarithmic scale.  The
              mapping is approximately H264QP  =  12  +  6*log2(MPEGQP).   For
              example, MPEG at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
              Enables  constant  quality  mode,  and selects the quality.  The
              scale is similar to QP.   Like  the  bitrate-based  modes,  this
              allows  each  frame  to  use a different QP based on the frame’s
              complexity.

       pass=<1-3>
              Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode  in
              2  or  3-pass  mode as it leads to a better bit distribution and
              improves overall quality.
                 1    first pass
                 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
                 3    Nth  pass  (second  and  third  passes  of  three   pass
                      encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The  first  pass  (pass=1)  collects statistics on the video and
              writes them to a file.  You might want to deactivate  some  CPU-
              hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
              In  two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
              does  both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
              You  can  use  all  encoding  options,  except  very  CPU-hungry
              options.
              The  third  pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass, except
              that it has the second pass’ statistics to work from.   You  can
              use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
              The  first  pass  may  use  either  average  bitrate or constant
              quantizer.  ABR  is  recommended,  since  it  does  not  require
              guessing  a  quantizer.   Subsequent  passes  are  ABR, and must
              specify bitrate.

       turbo=<0-2>
              Fast first pass mode.  During the first pass of a  two  or  more
              pass  encode  it  is  possible  to  gain speed by disabling some
              options with negligible or even no  impact  on  the  final  pass
              output quality.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Reduce  subq, frameref and disable some inter-macroblock
                      partition analysis modes.
                 2    Reduce subq and frameref to 1, use a diamond  ME  search
                      and disable all partition analysis modes.
              Level 1 can increase first pass speed up to 2x with no change in
              the global PSNR of the final pass compared  to  a  full  quality
              first pass.
              Level  2  can  increase first pass speed up to 4x with about +/-
              0.05dB change in the global PSNR of the final pass compared to a
              full quality first pass.

       keyint=<value>
              Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger
              values save bits, thus improve quality, at the cost  of  seeking
              precision.   Unlike  MPEG-1/2/4,  H.264 does not suffer from DCT
              drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
              Sets minimum interval  between  IDR-frames  (default:  25).   If
              scenecuts appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
              I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not
              necessarily  bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a P-
              frame to be predicted from more frames than just the  one  frame
              before  it  (also  see  frameref).   Therefore, I-frames are not
              necessarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict  subsequent  P-frames
              from referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
              Controls  how  aggressively  to  insert extra I-frames (default:
              40).  With small values of scenecut,  the  codec  often  has  to
              force  an  I-frame  when it would exceed keyint.  Good values of
              scenecut may find a better  location  for  the  I-frame.   Large
              values  use more I-frames than necessary, thus wasting bits.  -1
              disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once
              every  other  keyint frames, even if a scene-cut occurs earlier.
              This is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts  encoded
              as  P-frames  are  just as big as I-frames, but do not reset the
              "keyint counter".

       frameref=<1-16>
              Number of previous frames used as predictors in B- and  P-frames
              (default:  1).   This  is effective in anime, but in live-action
              material the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above  6
              or  so  reference frames.  This has no effect on decoding speed,
              but does increase the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders
              can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
              maximum  number  of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames
              (default: 0)

       (no)b_adapt
              Automatically decides when to use B-frames and how many,  up  to
              the  maximum  specified  above (default: on).  If this option is
              disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
              Controls the decision performed by  b_adapt.   A  higher  b_bias
              produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       (no)b_pyramid
              Allows  B-frames  to  be used as references for predicting other
              frames.  For example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1  B2
              B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
              MPEG-[124].  So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3,  and
              all  the  B-frames  are  predicted  from  I0  and P4.  With this
              option, they are coded as I0 P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2  is  the  same  as
              above,  but  B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3 is predicted
              from B2 and P4.   This  usually  results  in  slightly  improved
              compression,  at  almost  no  speed  cost.   However, this is an
              experimental option: it is not fully tuned and  may  not  always
              help.   Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases decoding
              delay to 2 frames.

       (no)deblock
              Use deblocking filter (default: on).  As it  takes  very  little
              time  compared  to  its  quality  gain, it is not recommended to
              disable it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
              The first parameter  is  AlphaC0  (default:  0).   This  adjusts
              thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
              parameter adjusts the maximum amount of change that  the  filter
              is  allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this parameter
              affects the threshold  for  difference  across  the  edge  being
              filtered.  A positive value reduces blocking artifacts more, but
              will also smear details.
              The second parameter is Beta (default:  0).   This  affects  the
              detail  threshold.  Very detailed blocks are not filtered, since
              the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
              the original blocking.
              The  default  behavior  of  the  filter  almost  always achieves
              optimal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make
              only  small  adjustments.   However,  if  your  source  material
              already has some blocking or  noise  which  you  would  like  to
              remove, it may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       (no)cabac
              Use  CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default:
              on).  Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save
              10-15%  bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed, you
              should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to be a  useful  range  (default:
              10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum    value    by    which    the    quantizer    may    be
              incremented/decremented between frames (default: 4)

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
              allowed  variance  in  average  bitrate  (no  particular  units)
              (default: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              averaging  period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none, must
              be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
              0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
              quantizer  compression  (default: 0.6).  A lower value makes the
              bitrate  more  constant,  while  a  higher   value   makes   the
              quantization parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
              Temporal  blur  of  the estimated frame complexity, before curve
              compression (default: 20).  Lower  values  allow  the  quantizer
              value  to  jump around more, higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.  cplx_blur  ensures  that  each  I-frame  has  quality
              comparable   to   the   following  P-frames,  and  ensures  that
              alternating  high  and  low  complexity  frames  (e.g.  low  fps
              animation) do not waste bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
              Temporal   blur  of  the  quantization  parameter,  after  curve
              compression (default: 0.5).  Lower values  allow  the  quantizer
              value  to  jump around more, higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
              User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
              ...).   Each  zone  is  <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where
              option may be
                 q=<0-51>
                      quantizer
                 b=<0.01-100.0>
                      bitrate multiplier
              NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects
              only  the planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject to
              overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
              Determines  the  type  of  motion  prediction  used  for  direct
              macroblocks in B-frames.
                 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
                 spatial
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
                      (default)
                 temporal
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from  the  following  P-
                      frame.
                 auto The  codec selects between spatial and temporal for each
                      frame.
              Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and  PSNR,
              the  choice  between them depends on the video content.  Auto is
              slightly better,  but  slower.   Auto  is  most  effective  when
              combined  with  multipass.   direct_pred=none is both slower and
              lower quality.

       (no)weight_b
              Use weighted  prediction  in  B-frames.   Without  this  option,
              bidirectionally  predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each
              reference frame.  With this option, the weights  are  determined
              by  the  temporal  position  of  the  B-frame  relative  to  the
              references.  Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
              Enable    some    optional    macroblock     types     (default:
              p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
                 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
                 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
                      with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
                 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
                 i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless  8x8dct  is
                      enabled.
                 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
                 all  Enable all of the above types.
                 none Disable all of the above types.
              Regardless  of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and
              i16x16 are always enabled.
              The idea is to find the type  and  size  that  best  describe  a
              certain  area  of  the  picture.   For  example, a global pan is
              better represented by 16x16 blocks, while small  moving  objects
              are better represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
              Adaptive  spatial  transform  size: allows macroblocks to choose
              between 4x4 and 8x8 DCT.  Also allows the i8x8 macroblock  type.
              Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       me=<name>
              Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
                 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
                 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
                 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
                 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
              radius  of  exhaustive  or multi-hexagon motion search (default:
              16)

       subq=<0-9>
              Adjust  subpel  refinement  quality.   This  parameter  controls
              quality versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation
              decision process.  subq=5 can compress up  to  10%  better  than
              subq=1.
                 0    Runs   fullpixel  precision  motion  estimation  on  all
                      candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best  type
                      with  SAD  metric  (faster  than subq=1, not recommended
                      unless you’re looking for ultra-fast encoding).
                 1    Does as 0, then refines the motion of that type to  fast
                      quarterpixel precision (fast).
                 2    Runs   halfpixel  precision  motion  estimation  on  all
                      candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best  type
                      with  SATD metric.  Then refines the motion of that type
                      to fast quarterpixel precision.
                 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
                 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision  motion  estimation  on
                      all  candidate  macroblock types.  Then selects the best
                      type with SATD metric.  Then finishes  the  quarterpixel
                      refinement for that type.
                 5    Runs   best   quality   quarterpixel   precision  motion
                      estimation on all  candidate  macroblock  types,  before
                      selecting  the  best  type.  Also refines the two motion
                      vectors used  in  bidirectional  macroblocks  with  SATD
                      metric, rather than reusing vectors from the forward and
                      backward searches.
                 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in I- and P-frames (default).
                 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in all frames.
                 8    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  motion  vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in I- and P-frames.
                 9    Enables  rate-distortion  optimization of motion vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in all frames (best).
              In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
              types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
              Takes into account chroma  information  during  subpixel  motion
              search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
              Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select
              a reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
              use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
              rate-distortion optimal quantization
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    enabled only for the final encode
                 2    enabled   during  all  mode  decisions  (slow,  requires
                      subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
              Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
                 rd=<0.0-10.0>
                      psy optimization strength (requires  subq>=6)  (default:
                      1.0)
                 trell=<0.0-10.0>
                      trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
              Set  the  size  of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-
              trellis  quantization  (default:  21).   Lower  values  help  to
              preserve  fine details and film grain (typically useful for high
              bitrate/quality encode), while higher  values  help  filter  out
              these  details  to  save  bits  that can be spent again on other
              macroblocks and frames  (typically  useful  for  bitrate-starved
              encodes).    It  is  recommended  that  you  start  by  tweaking
              deadzone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
              Set the size of the intra luma quantization  deadzone  for  non-
              trellis  quantization  (default:  11).  This option has the same
              effect as deadzone_inter except that it  affects  intra  frames.
              It  is  recommended  that  you  start by tweaking this parameter
              before changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
              Performs early skip detection in  P-frames  (default:  enabled).
              This  usually  improves  speed  at no cost, but it can sometimes
              produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
              Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small  single
              coefficient  (default: enabled).  This will remove some details,
              so it will save bits that can be spent again  on  other  frames,
              hopefully  raising  overall  subjective  quality.   If  you  are
              compressing non-anime content with a high  target  bitrate,  you
              may want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a  useful  range
              for  typical  content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more
              for very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact  on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
              Use a different  quantizer  for  chroma  as  compared  to  luma.
              Useful values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
              Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
                 0    disabled
                 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
                 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
              Controls  how  much  adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking
              and blurring in flat and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value
              of  0.5  will  lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value of
              1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
              Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or  loads  a
              JM format matrix file.
                 flat
                      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
                 jvt
                      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
                 <filename>
                      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
              NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
              the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
              is  due to a command line length limitation.  In this case it is
              recommended the lists be put into  a  JM  format  CQM  file  and
              loaded as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  8x8  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of  64  comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
              Set  the  bitstream’s  level  as defined by annex A of the H.264
              standard (default: 51 - level 5.1).  This is  used  for  telling
              the  decoder  what  capabilities  it needs to support.  Use this
              parameter only if you know what it means, and you have a need to
              set it.

       threads=<0-16>
              Spawn  threads  to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs (default:
              1).  This has a slight penalty to  compression  quality.   0  or
              ’auto’  tells  x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and pick an
              appropriate number of threads.

       (no)global_header
              Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of  the
              bitstream  (default:  disabled).  Some players, such as the Sony
              PSP, require the use  of  this  option.   The  default  behavior
              causes SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)interlaced
              Treat the video content as interlaced.

       log=<-1-3>
              Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
                 -1   none
                  0   Print errors only.
                  1   warnings
                  2   PSNR  and  other  analysis  statistics  when  the encode
                      finishes (default)
                  3   PSNR, QP, frametype,  size,  and  other  statistics  for
                      every frame

       (no)psnr
              Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
              NOTE:  The  ’Y’,  ’U’, ’V’, and ’Avg’ PSNR fields in the summary
              are not mathematically sound (they are  simply  the  average  of
              per-frame  PSNRs).   They are kept only for comparison to the JM
              reference codec.  For all other purposes, please use either  the
              ’Global’ PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
              Print  the  Structural  Similarity  Metric  results.  This is an
              alternative to PSNR, and  may  be  better  correlated  with  the
              perceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
              Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your
              system supports it, a new  window  will  be  opened  during  the
              encoding  process,  in  which  x264  will  attempt to present an
              overview of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the
              visualized movie will be colored as follows:
                 red/pink
                      intra block
                 blue
                      inter block
                 green
                      skip block
                 yellow
                      B-block
              This  feature  can  be  considered  experimental  and subject to
              change.  In particular, it depends on x264 being  compiled  with
              visualizations  enabled.   Note  that  as  of writing this, x264
              pauses after encoding and visualizing each  frame,  waiting  for
              the  user  to press a key, at which point the next frame will be
              encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly  obsolete  unless  you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
              The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
              The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created
              by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The MPEG muxer can generate 5 types  of  streams,  each  of  which  has
       reasonable  default  parameters that the user can override.  Generally,
       when generating MPEG files,  it  is  advisable  to  disable  MEncoder’s
       frame-skip  code  (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip
       video filters).

       EXAMPLE:
                 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
              stream format (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and pes2 are  very  broken
              formats  (no  pack header and no padding), but VDR uses them; do
              not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
              Pack size in bytes, do not change unless you know  exactly  what
              you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
              Nominal  muxrate  in  kbit/s  used in the pack headers (default:
              1800 kb/s).  Will  be  updated  as  necessary  in  the  case  of
              ’format=mpeg1’ or ’mpeg2’.

       tsaf
              Sets  timestamps  on  all  frames, if possible; recommended when
              format=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains with a message like "..audio
              sector  out  of  range...",  you  probably  did  not enable this
              option.

       interleaving2
              Uses a better algorithm to interleave audio and  video  packets,
              based  on  the  principle that the muxer will always try to fill
              the stream with the largest percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
              Initial video delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0),  use  it
              if  you  want  to delay video with respect to audio.  It doesn’t
              work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
              Initial audio delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0),  use  it
              if you want to delay audio with respect to video.

       drop
              When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was
              anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
              Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
              Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
              Sets the display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not  use  it
              on  MPEG-1  or  the  resulting  aspect  ratio will be completely
              wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
              Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001 | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001  |
       60 >
              Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2  video.   This  option  will  be
              ignored if used with the telecine option.

       telecine
              Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
              video stream look like it was encoded  at  30000/1001  fps.   It
              only  works  with  MPEG-2  video  when  the  output framerate is
              24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.   Any  other
              framerate is incompatible with this option.

       film2pal
              Enables  FILM  to  PAL  and  NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The
              muxer will make the video stream look like it was encoded at  25
              fps.   It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate
              is 24000/1001 fps, convert it  with  -ofps  if  necessary.   Any
              other framerate is incompatible with this option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
              Enables  arbitrary  telecining  using  Donand Graft’s DGPulldown
              code.   You  need  to  specify  the  original  and  the  desired
              framerate; the muxer will make the video stream look like it was
              encoded at the desired framerate.  It  only  works  with  MPEG-2
              video  when  the  input  framerate  is  smaller  than the output
              framerate and the framerate increase is <= 1.5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
                      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
              Sets the size  of  the  video  decoder’s  buffer,  expressed  in
              kilobytes.   Specify  it only if the bitrate of the video stream
              is too high for the chosen format and if you know perfectly well
              what  you are doing.  A too high value may lead to an unplayable
              movie, depending on the player’s capabilities.  When muxing HDTV
              video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
              Sets  the  size  of  the  audio  decoder’s  buffer, expressed in
              kilobytes.  The same principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a  patch  to  make
              the  o=  unneeded  and  pass  all  unknown  options  through the
              AVOption system is welcome.  A full list  of  AVOptions  can  be
              found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict
              with MPlayer/MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.   In
              the  case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number of
              TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption key the demuxer should use.  This is the  raw  binary
              data of the key converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
              Currently   only   meaningful   for  MPEG[12]:  Maximum  allowed
              distance, in seconds, between the reference timer of the  output
              stream  (SCR)  and  the  decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream
              present (demux to decode delay).  Default is 0.7 (as mandated by
              the  standards  defined  by MPEG).  Higher values require larger
              buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
              Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
              from output file extension).
                 mpg
                      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
                 asf
                      Advanced Streaming Format
                 avi
                      Audio Video Interleave file
                 wav
                      Waveform Audio
                 swf
                      Macromedia Flash
                 flv
                      Macromedia Flash video files
                 rm
                      RealAudio and RealVideo
                 au
                      SUN AU format
                 nut
                      NUT open container format (experimental)
                 mov
                      QuickTime
                 mp4
                      MPEG-4 format
                 ipod
                      MPEG-4  format with extra header flags required by Apple
                      iPod firmware
                 dv
                      Sony Digital Video container
                 matroska
                      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
              Nominal bitrate of the multiplex, in bits per second;  currently
              it  is  meaningful  only  for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
              necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make  the
              o=  unneeded  and  pass all unknown options through the AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg  manual.   Note  that  some  options  may  conflict  with
              MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
              Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for  the  chosen
              format.   When  muxing  to  MPEG[12] implementations the default
              values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       preload=<distance>
              Currently only meaningful for  MPEG[12]:  Initial  distance,  in
              seconds,  between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
              and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream  present  (demux
              to decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
              Convert console messages  to  the  specified  charset  (default:
              autodetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
              Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
              Set  the  initial  verbosity  level  across  all message modules
              (default: 0).  The resulting verbosity corresponds  to  that  of
              -msglevel 5 plus the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
              If  LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
              it is not set, you  must  supply  a  fully  specified  pathname.
              FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
              Specify  a  directory  in which to store title key values.  This
              will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.   The
              DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is  created if it does not exist, and a
              subdirectory  is  created  named  after  the  DVD’s   title   or
              manufacturing  date.   If  DVDCSS_CACHE  is not set or is empty,
              libdvdcss will use the default value which is "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"
              under  Unix  and  "C:\Documents  and  Settings\$USER\Application
              Data\dvdcss\" under Win32.  The  special  value  "off"  disables
              caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
              Sets  the  authentication  and  decryption method that libdvdcss
              will use to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title,  key  or
              disc.
                 key
                      is  the  default  method.   libdvdcss  will use a set of
                      calculated player keys to try  and  get  the  disc  key.
                      This can fail if the drive does not recognize any of the
                      player keys.
                 disc
                      is a fallback method when key has  failed.   Instead  of
                      using  player  keys,  libdvdcss  will crack the disc key
                      using a brute force  algorithm.   This  process  is  CPU
                      intensive   and  requires  64  MB  of  memory  to  store
                      temporary data.
                 title
                      is the fallback when all other methods have failed.   It
                      does  not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but
                      rather uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.   On
                      rare  cases  this  may  fail because there is not enough
                      encrypted data on the  disc  to  perform  a  statistical
                      attack,  but  in  the  other  hand it is the only way to
                      decrypt a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD  with  the
                      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
              Specify  the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on your
              operating system, the Linux utility to set  up  raw  devices  is
              raw(8)  for  instance.   Please  note  that  on  most  operating
              systems, using a raw device  requires  highly  aligned  buffers:
              Linux  requires  a  2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a
              DVD sector).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
              Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
                 0    Outputs no messages at all.
                 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
                 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
              Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
              Specifies the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio
              output  driver  should  connect and the transport that should be
              used.  If unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport  can  be
              one  of  tcp  and  unix.   Syntax  is tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
              <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
              base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

              EXAMPLES:
                 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and
                      transport.
                 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP  port
                      8000.
                 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
                      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
                      domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
              FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
              Set this to ’disable’ in order to stop  the  VIDIX  driver  from
              controlling  alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate it
              yourself with ’ivtvfbctl’.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
              FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
              FIXME: Document this.

   libmpcodecs:
       XANIM_MOD_DIR
              FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       CHARSET
              FIXME: Document this.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

FILES

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
              MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
              MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
              input bindings (see ’-input keylist’ for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
              GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
              GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/font/
              font directory (There must be a font.desc file  and  files  with
              .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
              cached CSS keys

       Assuming  that  /path/to/movie.avi  is played, MPlayer searches for sub
       files
              in this order:
              /path/to/movie.sub
              ~/.mplayer/sub/movie.sub

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You  can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust ’/dev/cdrom’
       to match the CD-ROM device on your system.  If your  external  receiver
       supports decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via cdda://
       without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply  with  a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq=’128+(p(XY)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW128)64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH128)64))*4’

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE

       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS

       Don’t  panic.   If  you find one, report it to us, but please make sure
       you have read all of  the  documentation  first.   Also  look  out  for
       smileys.  :)  Many  bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter
       usage.    The   bug   reporting   section    of    the    documentation
       (http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html)  explains how to
       create useful bug reports.

AUTHORS

       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS  file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2009 The MPlayer Team

       This  man  page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
       Biurrun.  It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send  mails  about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.